WO2002058685A2 - Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications - Google Patents

Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2002058685A2
WO2002058685A2 PCT/US2002/002004 US0202004W WO02058685A2 WO 2002058685 A2 WO2002058685 A2 WO 2002058685A2 US 0202004 W US0202004 W US 0202004W WO 02058685 A2 WO02058685 A2 WO 02058685A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
group
aryl
substituted
independently selected
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2002/002004
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2002058685A3 (en
Inventor
Harry R. Davis
Teddy Kosoglou
Original Assignee
Schering Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Schering Corporation filed Critical Schering Corporation
Priority to JP2002559019A priority Critical patent/JP2004517916A/en
Priority to CA002434488A priority patent/CA2434488A1/en
Priority to MXPA03006727A priority patent/MXPA03006727A/en
Priority to AU2002240050A priority patent/AU2002240050A1/en
Priority to EP02705933A priority patent/EP1353695A2/en
Publication of WO2002058685A2 publication Critical patent/WO2002058685A2/en
Publication of WO2002058685A3 publication Critical patent/WO2002058685A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/337Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having four-membered rings, e.g. taxol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/397Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having four-membered rings, e.g. azetidine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/455Nicotinic acids, e.g. niacin; Derivatives thereof, e.g. esters, amides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/655Azo (—N=N—), diazo (=N2), azoxy (>N—O—N< or N(=O)—N<), azido (—N3) or diazoamino (—N=N—N<) compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/74Synthetic polymeric materials
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06Antihyperlipidemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compositions and therapeutic combinations comprising nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof and certain sterol absorption inhibitors for treating hyperlipidemic conditions such as are associated with atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and other vascular conditions in mammals.
  • Atherosclerotic coronary heart disease represents the major cause for death and vascular morbidity in the western world.
  • Risk factors for atherosclerotic coronary heart disease include hypertension, diabetes mellitus, family history, male gender, cigarette smoke and serum cholesterol.
  • a total cholesterol level in excess of 225-250 mg/dl is associated with significant elevation of risk of CHD.
  • Cholesteryl esters are a major component of atherosclerotic lesions and the major storage form of cholesterol in arterial wall cells. Formation of cholesteryl esters is also a key step in the intestinal absorption of dietary cholesterol.
  • inhibition of cholesteryl ester formation and reduction of serum cholesterol can inhibit the progression of atherosclerotic lesion formation, decrease the accumulation of cholesteryl esters in the arterial wall, and block the intestinal absorption of dietary cholesterol.
  • the regulation of whole-body cholesterol homeostasis in mammals and animals involves the regulation of dietary cholesterol and modulation of cholesterol biosynthesis, bile acid biosynthesis and the catabolism of the cholesterol-containing plasma lipoproteins.
  • the liver is the major organ responsible for cholesterol biosynthesis and catabolism and, for this reason, it is a prime determinant of plasma cholesterol levels.
  • the liver is the site of synthesis and secretion of very low density lipoproteins (VLDL) which are subsequently metabolized to low density lipoproteins (LDL) in the circulation.
  • VLDL very low density lipoproteins
  • LDL low density lipoproteins
  • LDL are the predominant cholesterol-carrying lipoproteins in the plasma and an increase in their concentration is correlated with increased atherosclerosis.
  • VLDL hepatic lipoprotein
  • WO 00/38725 discloses cardiovascular therapeutic combinations including an ileal bile acid transport inhibitor or cholesteryl ester transport protein inhibitor in combination with a fibric acid derivative, nicotinic acid derivative, microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, cholesterol absorption antagonist, phytosterol, stanol, antihypertensive agent or bile acid sequestrant.
  • U.S. Patent No. 5,698,527 discloses ergostanone derivatives substituted with disaccharides as cholesterol absorption inhibitors, employed alone or in combination with certain other cholesterol lowering agents, which are useful in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and related disorders.
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (I):
  • Ar and Ar are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR , - O(CO)R 6 , -0(CO)OR 9 and -O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; q is 0 or 1 ; r is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1 , the sum of m, q and n is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR 6 , -0(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -OfCH- ⁇ OR 6 , -O(CO)NR 6 R ? , -NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 (CO)R 7 , -NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , -NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , -NR 6 SO2R 9 , -COOR 6 , -CONR 6 R ? , -COR 6 , -SO 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0 _ 2 R 9 , -OfCH ⁇ Q -COOR 6 ,
  • R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and g
  • R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
  • composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) a compound represented by Formula (II) below:
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (III):
  • Ar is R -substituted aryl; Ar is R -substituted aryl; Ar is R -substituted aryl; Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -,
  • A is selected from -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O) 2 -;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of -OR , -0(CO)R , -O(CO)OR and -
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and
  • R is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR 6 , -0(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -O CH ⁇ g OR 9 , -O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 (CO)R 7 , -NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , -NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , -NR 6 SO 2 -lower alkyl,
  • R and R are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the
  • R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and g
  • R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IV):
  • A is selected from the group consisting of R -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R -
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: -(CH 2 ) q -, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ;
  • G is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR 8 - or -S(O) 0 . 2 _, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C 2 -C 6 alkenylene)-; and -(CH 2 ) f -V-(CH 2 ) g -, wherein V is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
  • R is selected from:
  • R when Q is a bond, R also can be selected from:
  • X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH ⁇ -C 8 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl);
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR 14 , -O(CO)R 14 , -O(CO)OR 16 and -O(CO)NR R 15 ;
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
  • R is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C r C 10 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 10 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 10 )alkynyl,
  • J is -O-, -NH-, -NR - or -CH 2 -
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C,-C 6 )alkyl,
  • R 8 is hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, -C(0)R 14 or -COOR 14 ;
  • R and R are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C.,-C 6 )alkyl, (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy, -COOH, NO 2 ,
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
  • R is (C.,-C 6 )alkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
  • R is hydrogen or (C j -C ⁇ alkyl
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C 1 -C 6 )alkoxy.
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (V):
  • Ar is aryl, R -substituted aryl or heteroaryl
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
  • R is -OR 6 , -O(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 or -O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl
  • R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR 6 , -O(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -O(CH 2 ) 1.5 OR 6 , -0(CO)NR 6 R 7 ,
  • R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; g
  • R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl
  • R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR 6 , -0(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -0(CH 2 ) 1 . 5 OR 6 , -O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 (CO)R 7 , -NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , -NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , -NR 6 SO 2 R 9 , -COOR 6 , -CONR 6 R 7 , -COR 6 , -S0 2 NR 6 R 7 , -S(O) 0 . 2 R 9 , -O(CH 2 ) 1 . 10 -COOR 6 ,
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VI):
  • R4 is selected from B-(CH2)mC(O)-, wherein m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
  • B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
  • W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl,
  • R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(Rs)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
  • R8 and Rg are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
  • R 0 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
  • R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
  • R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy,
  • R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R ⁇
  • R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or Ri 5 is hydrogen and Ri 6 and Ri 7, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring; R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VIIA) or Formula (VIIB):
  • D is -(CH2)mC(0)- or -(CH2)q- wherein m is 1 , 2, 3 or 4 and q is 2, 3 or 4;
  • E is C ⁇ o to C20 alkyl or -C(O)-(Cg to Ci9)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
  • R is hydrogen, C1-C15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B-(CH2)r - > wherein r is 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
  • R1 , R2. R3, . R2'. and R3' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, -NHC(0)OR ⁇ , R6O2SNH- and -S(O)2NH2; R4 is
  • n 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
  • R5 is lower alkyl
  • R6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino.
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (Vlll):
  • R, R a and R D are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C-
  • R 2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-
  • R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, -C(O)(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
  • R30 is selected from the group consisting of R 32 -substituted T, R 32 -substituted-T-(Ci-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R 3 -substituted-(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R 32 -substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl;
  • R 31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C ⁇ -C4)alkyl
  • T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
  • R 32 is independently selected from 1 -3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C ⁇ -C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C ⁇ -C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C ⁇ -C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Ci-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C ⁇ -C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2 > -C(O)-NH(C ⁇ -C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C ⁇ -C4)alkyl)2, -C(0)-(C ⁇ -C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C ⁇ -C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R 32 is a covalent bond and R 3 ⁇ , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R 32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl
  • Ar 2 is aryl or R 1 1 -substituted aryl; Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of
  • q 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ; -(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r. wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR 22 - or -
  • e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
  • V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0- 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6; R ⁇ 2 is
  • -C6 alkyl) CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R 13 's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R l 4 's can be the same or different; and when Q is a bond, R ⁇ also can be:
  • -M M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-;
  • X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
  • R15 and R ⁇ 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR 1 9, -O(CO)R 1 9, -O(CO)OR 2 1 and -O(CO)NR1 R20 ;
  • Ar 1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
  • R19 and R 20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-
  • R 21 is (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
  • R 22 is H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R19 or -COOR ' ' 9;
  • R 23 and R 24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, (C ⁇ -C6)alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -NR 1 9 R20 J _OH and halogeno; and
  • R 25 is H, -OH or (C ⁇
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IX) below:
  • R 2 6 is selected from the group consisting of: a) OH; b) OCH 3 ; c) fluorine and d) chlorine.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of
  • R, R a and R& are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C-
  • W is independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R 2 and R ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of H,
  • R 3 , R 4 , R5, R7, R 3 a and R 4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, -C(0)(C C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
  • R 3 9 is independently selected form the group consisting of R 32 -substituted T, R 32 -substituted-T-(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R 32 -substituted-
  • R 31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C-j-C4)alkyl
  • T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
  • R 32 is independently selected from 1 -3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C ⁇ -C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (C ⁇ -C4)aIkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C ⁇ -C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Ci-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C-i- C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(0)-NH(C ⁇ -C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((C ⁇ -C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-
  • R 32 is a covalent bond and R 31 , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R 32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C ⁇ -C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
  • Ar 1 is aryl or R 0 -substituted aryl
  • Ar 2 is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
  • Ar 1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
  • R 9 and R 20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C -C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C -C6)alkyl;
  • R 2 is (C -C6)alkyl, aryl or R 2 -substituted aryl;
  • R 22 is H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl. aryl (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, -C(0)R 9 or -COOR 1 9; R 23 and R 24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR 1 9 R20 J _OH and halogeno; and R 25 is H, -OH or (Ci -C6)alkoxy.
  • a composition which comprises: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or its derivatives; and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or of the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or of the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or of the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof.
  • Therapeutic combinations comprising: (a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formulae (l-XI), substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds, isomers of the sterol absorption inhibitors, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the sterol absorption inhibitors, or prodrugs of the sterol absorption inhibitors or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
  • Formulae (l-XI) Formulae (l-XI)
  • substituted azetidinone compounds substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds
  • isomers of the sterol absorption inhibitors or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solv
  • compositions for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the above compositions or therapeutic combinations and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are provided.
  • Methods of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the above compositions or therapeutic combinations also are provided.
  • the present invention is directed to compositions, pharmaceutical compositions, therapeutic combinations, kits and methods of treatment using the same comprising at least one (one or more) of nicotinic acid (niacin) or derivatives thereof(s) and at least one (one or more) of substituted azetidinone sterol absorption inhibitors or substituted ⁇ -lactam sterol absorption inhibitors such as are discussed in detail below.
  • nicotinic acid niacin
  • substituted azetidinone sterol absorption inhibitors or substituted ⁇ -lactam sterol absorption inhibitors such as are discussed in detail below.
  • nicotinic acid derivative means a compound comprising a pyridine-3-carboxylate structure or a pyrazine-2-carboxylate structure, including acid forms, salts, esters, zwitterions and tautomers, where available.
  • nicotinic acid derivatives include niceritrol, nicofuranose and acipimox (5-methyl pyrazine-2- carboxylic acid 4-oxide). Nicotinic acid and its derivatives inhibit hepatic production of VLDL and its metabolite LDL and increases HDL and apo A-1 levels.
  • An example of a suitable nicotinic acid product is NIASPAN® (niacin extended-release tablets) which are available from Kos.
  • the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) are administered in a therapeutically effective amount to treat the specified condition, for example a total daily dosage of nicotinic acid or a derivative thereof can range from about 500 to about 10,000 mg/day, preferably about 1000 to about 8000 mg/day, and more preferably about 3000 to about 6000 mg/day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses.
  • the exact dose is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on such factors as the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
  • terapéuticaally effective amount means that amount of a therapeutic agent of the composition, such as the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s), sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and pharmacological or therapeutic agents described below, that will elicit a biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or mammal that is being sought by the administrator (such as a researcher, doctor or veterinarian) which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the condition or disease being treated and the prevention, slowing or halting of progression of one or more conditions, for example vascular conditions, such as hyperiipidemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or to reduce the level of sterol(s) (such as cholesterol) in the plasma.
  • vascular conditions such as hyperiipidemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or to reduce the level of sterol(s) (such
  • vascular therapy means the administration of two or more therapeutic agents, such as nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s), to prevent or treat a condition, for example a vascular condition, such as hyperlipidaemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) in the plasma.
  • vascular comprises cardiovascular, cerebrovascular and combinations thereof.
  • Such administration includes coadministration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single tablet or capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each therapeutic agent.
  • such administration includes use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner.
  • the treatment using the combination therapy will provide beneficial effects in treating the condition.
  • a potential advantage of the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a reduction in the required amount of an individual therapeutic compound or the overall total amount of therapeutic compounds that are effective in treating the condition.
  • therapeutic agents can be selected to provide a broader range of complementary effects or complimentary modes of action.
  • compositions, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention comprise one or more substituted azetidinone or substituted ⁇ -lactam sterol absorption inhibitors discussed in detail below.
  • sterol absorption inhibitor means a compound capable of inhibiting the absorption of one or more sterols, including but not limited to cholesterol, phytosterols (such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol), 5 ⁇ - stanols (such as cholestanol, 5 ⁇ -campestanol, ⁇ -sitostanol), and mixtures thereof, when administered in a therapeutically effective (sterol absorption inhibiting) amount to a mammal.
  • phytosterols such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol
  • 5 ⁇ - stanols such as cholestanol, 5 ⁇ -campestanol, ⁇ -sitostanol
  • mixtures thereof when administered in a therapeutically effective (ste
  • sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (I) below:
  • Ar and Ar are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH ⁇ ower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR , -
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; q is 0 or 1 ; r is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1 , 2, 3 or
  • R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR 6 , -0(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -0(CH 2 ) 1 . 5 OR 6 , -O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 (CO)R 7 , -NR 6 (CO)OR 9 , -NR 6 (CO)NR 7 R 8 , -NR 6 SO2R 9 , -COOR 6 , -CONRV, -COR 6 , -S0 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0 . 2 R 9 , -OfCH ⁇ . ⁇ -COOR 6 ,
  • R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR 6 , -0(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -O CH ⁇ . g OR 6 , -0(CO)NR 6 R ? , -NR ⁇ R 7 ,
  • R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and g
  • R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
  • R is 1-3 independently selected substituents, and R is preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents.
  • alkyl or "lower alkyl” means straight or branched alkyl chains having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and "alkoxy” means alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl groups include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl groups.
  • alkenyl means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more double bonds in the chain, conjugated or unconjugated.
  • alkynyl means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more triple bonds in the chain.
  • Cycloalkyl means a saturated carbon ring of 3 to 6 carbon atoms, while “cycloalkylene” refers to a corresponding bivalent ring, wherein the points of attachment to other groups include all positional isomers.
  • Halogeno refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine radicals.
  • Aryl means phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl or indanyl.
  • Phenylene means a bivalent phenyl group, including ortho, meta and para- substitution.
  • R 1 2 3 independently selected, but also that where an R, R , R and R variable occurs more than once in a molecule, each occurrence is independently selected (e.g., if R is -OR , wherein R is hydrogen, R 2 can be -OR wherein R is lower alkyl).
  • R is -OR , wherein R is hydrogen
  • R 2 can be -OR wherein R is lower alkyl.
  • Compounds of the invention have at least one asymmetrical carbon atom and therefore all isomers, including enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers and racemates of the compounds of Formulae (l-XI) (where they exist) are contemplated as being part of this invention.
  • the invention includes d and I isomers in both pure form and in admixture, including racemic mixtures.
  • Isomers can be prepared using conventional techniques, either by reacting optically pure or optically enriched starting materials or by separating isomers of a compound of the Formulae l-XI. Isomers may also include geometric isomers, e.g., when a double bond is present.
  • Compounds of the invention with an amino group can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with organic and inorganic acids.
  • suitable acids for salt formation are hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, citric, oxalic, malonic, salicylic, malic, fumaric, succinic, ascorbic, maleic, methanesulfonic and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those in the art.
  • the salt is prepared by contacting the free base form with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt.
  • the free base form may be regenerated by treating the salt with a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
  • the free base form differs from its respective salt form somewhat in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the salt is otherwise equivalent to its respective free base forms for purposes of the invention.
  • Certain compounds of the invention are acidic (e.g., those compounds which possess a carboxyl group). These compounds form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with inorganic and organic bases. Examples of such salts are the sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, gold and silver salts. Also included are salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl amines, hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine and the like.
  • solvate means a molecular or ionic complex of molecules or ions of solvent with those of solute (for example, one or more compounds of Formulae l-XI, isomers of the compounds of Formulae l-XI, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae l-XI).
  • solvents include polar, protic solvents such as water and/or alcohols (for example methanol).
  • prodrug means compounds that are drug precursors which, following administration to a patient, release the drug in vivo via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., a prodrug on being brought to the physiological pH or through enzyme action is converted to the desired drug form).
  • Preferred compounds of Formula (I) are those in which Ar is phenyl or R -
  • Ar is preferably phenyl
  • Ar is preferably
  • R substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R )-substituted phenyl.
  • Ar is (4-R )-
  • R is preferably a halogen.
  • R is preferably halogen or -OR and R is preferably fi fi
  • each of Ar and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl and Ar is 4-hydroxyphenyl or 4- methoxyphenyl.
  • X, Y and Z are each preferably -CH 2 -.
  • R and R are each preferably fi fi hydrogen.
  • R and R are preferably -OR wherein R is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as -O(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 and
  • m, n, p, q and r is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3.
  • Preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2.
  • compounds of Formula (I) in which p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3. More preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each fi fi zero, q is 1 , p is 2, Z is -CH 2 - and R is -OR , especially when R is hydrogen.
  • Ar is phenyl or R -substituted phenyl and Ar is R -
  • Ar is phenyl or R -substituted phenyl, Ar is R -substituted phenyl, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3. More preferred are
  • Ar is R -substituted phenyl, and wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2, or wherein p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3.
  • a sterol inhibitor of Formula (I) (ezetimibe) useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention is represented by Formula (II) below:
  • Compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a variety of methods well know to those skilled in the art, for example such as are disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos. 5,631 ,365, 5,767,115, 5,846,966, 6,207,822 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/279,288 filed March 28, 2001 , and PCT Patent Application WO 93/02048, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, and in the Example below.
  • suitable compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a method comprising the steps of:
  • R' and R 2 ' are R and R 2 , respectively, or are suitably protected hydroxy groups
  • Ar 10 is Ar 1 , a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl; and the remaining variables are as defined above for Formula I, provided that in lactone of formula B, when n and r are each zero, p is 1-4; (b) reacting the product of step (a) with an imine of the formula
  • Ar is R -substituted aryl
  • Ar is R -substituted aryl
  • Ar is R -substituted aryl
  • Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
  • A is selected from -0-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O) 2 -;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of -OR , -0(CO)R , -O(CO)OR 9 and -
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and
  • R is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR 6 , -O(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -0(CH 2 ) 1.5 OR 9 , -0(CO)NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 R 7 ,
  • R and R are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the
  • R hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -NO 2 , -CF 3 and p-halogeno;
  • R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrog jeenn,, lloowweerr aallkkyyll,, aarryyll aann ⁇ d aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula I include those in which Ar is R -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl.
  • Ar is preferably R -
  • Ar is preferably R -
  • Ar Ar , Ar and Ar is preferred.
  • Y and Z are each preferably -CH 2 -.
  • R is preferably hydrogen.
  • R is preferably fi fi -OR wherein R is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as - 0(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 and -0(CO)NR 6 R 7 , defined above). Also preferred are
  • the sum of q and p is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
  • Preferred are compounds wherein p is zero and q is 1. More preferred are compounds wherein p is
  • Ar is R -substituted phenyl, and the sum of p and q is 1 or 2,
  • R 3 is preferably -COOR 6 , -CONR 6 R 7 , -COR 6 , -S0 2 NR 6 R 7 , S(O) 0 . 2 -alkyl, S(O) 0 . 2 -
  • R is halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.
  • R 4 is preferably hydrogen, lower alkyl, -OR 6 , -O(CO)R 6 , -0(CO)OR 9 ,
  • R and R are preferably g independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R is preferably lower alkyl.
  • R is hydrogen or halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.
  • R 5 is preferably -OR 6 , -O(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -O(CO)NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 R 7 ,
  • R 6 and R 7 are preferably g independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R is preferably lower alkyl.
  • R 5 is -OR ⁇ , -(lower alkylene)-COOR 6 or
  • sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IV):
  • A is selected from the group consisting of R -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R -
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the
  • R is selected from the group consisting of:
  • G is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR 8 - or -S(O) 0 _ 2 -, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C 2 -C 6 alkenylene)-; and
  • V is C 3 -C 6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1 -6;
  • R is selected from:
  • R when Q is a bond, R also can be selected from:
  • M is -0-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0) 2 -;
  • X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH(C C 6 alkyl)- and -Cfdi- ⁇ -C 8 ) alkyl);
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen
  • R is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C.,-C 10 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 10 )alkenyl, (C 2 -C 10 )alkynyl,
  • R is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C C 6 )alkyl, aryl, (C r C 6 )alkoxy, aryloxy, (C 1 -C 6 )alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH 2 ).,_ 6 CONR R ,
  • J is -O-, -NH-, -NR - or -CH 2 '
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C.,-C 6 )alkyl,
  • R is hydrogen, (C C 6 )alkyl, aryl (C r C 6 )alkyl, -C(O)R or -COOR ;
  • R and R are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C j -C 8 jalkyl, (C r C 6 )alkoxy, -COOH, NO 2 ,
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C,-C 6 )alkyl;
  • R is (C ⁇ C g Jalkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
  • R is hydrogen or (C C 6 )alkyl
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C ⁇ C ⁇ alkoxy.
  • A is preferably an R -substituted, 6- membered heterocycloalkyl ring containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms.
  • Preferred heterocycloalkyl rings are piperidinyl, piperazinyl and morpholinyl groups.
  • the ring “A” is preferably joined to the phenyl ring through a ring nitrogen.
  • substituents are hydrogen and lower alkyl.
  • R is preferably hydrogen.
  • Ar is preferably phenyl or R -phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl.
  • R are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
  • Ar is preferably phenyl or R -substituted phenyl, especially
  • Q is a bond and R is lower alkylene, preferably propylene; fi 7 Q is a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R and R are each
  • R is -CH- or -C(OH)- ;
  • R 1 are chosen such that R 1 is -0-CH 2 -CH(OH)-;
  • R is -CH(OH)-(CH 2 ) 2 -;
  • R 1 is -X r (C) v -Y k -S(O) 0 _ 2 - wherein the
  • variables are chosen such that R is -CH(OH)-CH 2 -S(O) 0 _ 2 -.
  • Methods for making compounds of Formula IV are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
  • sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (V):
  • Ar is aryl, R -substituted aryl or heteroaryl
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl
  • X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
  • R is -OR 6 , -O(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 or -O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl
  • R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR 6 , -0(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -0(CH 2 ) 1 . 5 OR 6 , -O(CO)NR 6 R ? ,
  • R is 1 -5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR 6 , -O(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -0(CH 2 ) 1 . 5 OR 6 f -0(CO)NR 6 R 7 , -NR 6 R 7 ,
  • R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; g
  • R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl
  • R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR 6 , -O(CO)R 6 , -O(CO)OR 9 , -0(CH 2 ).,_ 5 OR 6 , -O(CO)NR 6 R 7 ,
  • R , R and R are each preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents as
  • 5 5 preferably phenyl or R -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl.
  • R is preferably halogeno, especially fluoro.
  • R is preferably -OR , especially wherein R is
  • R is preferably halogeno
  • X and Y are each preferably -CH 2 -.
  • the sum of m, n and q is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2.
  • q is 1
  • n is preferably 1 to 5
  • P Prreferences for X, Y, Ar , Ar and Ar are the same in each of Formulae (VA) and (VB)
  • the sum of m and n is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2.
  • compounds wherein the sum of m and n is 2, and r is 0 or 1.
  • n is preferably 1 , 2 or 3, more preferably 1. Especially preferred are compounds wherein m is zero and n is 1.
  • R is preferably hydrogen and R is preferably -OR wherein R is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as -O(CO)R ,
  • sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VI):
  • R4 is selected from B-(CH2)mC(0)-, wherein m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • B-(CH2)q- wherein q is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
  • B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
  • W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl,
  • R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(R8)(Rg). N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(0)ORio, -NHC(O)Rio, R11O2SNH-, (Rn ⁇ 2S)2N-, -S(0)2NH2, - S(0)o-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(0)R12, -COOR19, -CON(R ⁇ )(R9), -CH CHC(0)R12, -lower alkylene-C(0)Ri 2, Rl ⁇ C(0)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(Rs)(R9)C(0)(lower alkyl
  • ⁇ — f for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -C(0)ORi 0, -C(O)Ri 0, OH, N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylene-,
  • R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(R ⁇ )(R9). OH, and halogeno;
  • R8 and Rg are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
  • R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
  • R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
  • R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy,
  • R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R-
  • R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or Ri 5 is hydrogen and R 6 and Ri 7, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
  • Rig is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and
  • R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused hetero
  • R12 and R19 are as defined for Formula IV.
  • W is 2 or 3 substituents, the substituents can be the same or different.
  • Another group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is that in which R20 is phenyl or W-substituted phenyl, wherein preferred meanings of W are as defined above for preferred definitions of R21.
  • R20 is phenyl or W- substituted phenyl and R21 is phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl;
  • W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, -N(R8)(Rg), - NHC(O)OR10, -NHC(O)R10, NO2, -CN, -N3, -SH,
  • R-j is -CH- or -C(OH)-
  • R4 is preferably B-(CH2)q- or B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r. wherein B, Z, q, e and r are
  • B is preferably , wherein Ri 6 and Ri 7 are each hydrogen and wherein R 5 is preferably H, OH, lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, or halogeno, especially chloro.
  • Z is -O-, e is 0, and r is 0.
  • q is 0-2.
  • R20 is preferably phenyl or W-substituted phenyl.
  • Preferred W substituents for R20 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy and ethoxy, OH, and -C(O)Ri2, wherein R12 is preferably lower alkoxy.
  • R21 is selected from phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl and F- phenyl.
  • sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB):
  • D is -(CH2)mC(0)- or -(CH2)q- wherein m is 1 , 2, 3 or 4 and q is 2, 3 or 4;
  • E is C ⁇ o to C20 alkyl or -C(O)-(Cg to Ci9)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
  • R is hydrogen, C1-C 5 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B-(CH2)r -, wherein r is 0, 1, 2, or 3; 1 > R2 > R3, Ri'.
  • R2' > and R3* are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, -NHC(O)OR5, R6O2SNH- and -S(0)2NH2;
  • R4 is wherein n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
  • R5 is lower alkyl; and R6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino.
  • R is hydrogen, saturated or mono-unsaturated Ci -C10 alkyl or phenyl.
  • Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIA) is that in which D is propyi (i.e., -(CH2)q- and q is 3).
  • a third group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIA) is that wherein R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl. Still another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIA) is that wherein A is ethylene or a bond (i.e., -(CH2 )p- wherein p is zero).
  • R-j', R2', and R3' are preferably each hydrogen, and preferably R-] is hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, lower alkoxy, amino or t-butoxycarbonyl-amino and R2 and R3 are each hydrogen.
  • R ⁇ , R2', and R3 1 are each hydrogen; Ri is hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, lower alkoxy, amino or t- butoxycarbonyl-amino and R2 and R3 are each hydrogen; R is hydrogen, ethyl or phenyl; D is propyi; R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl; and A is ethylene or a bond.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula (VIIA), wherein B' is phenyl, are shown in the
  • the first-listed compound in the above table having the (3R,4S) absolute stereochemistry is more preferred.
  • Preferred compounds of Formula (VIIB) are those wherein R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or phenylpropyl. Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIB) is that wherein R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl. Still another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIB) is that wherein A is ethylene or a bond. Yet another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIB) is that wherein E is decyl, oleoyl or 7-Z-hexadecenyl.
  • Ri _ R2 and R3 are each hydrogen.
  • More preferred compounds of Formula (VIIB) are those wherein R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or phenylpropyl; R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6- trimethoxyphenyl; A is ethylene or a bond; E is decyl, oleoyl or 7-Z-hexadecenyl; and Ri , R2 and R3 are each hydrogen.
  • a preferred compound of Formula (VIIB) is that wherein E is decyl, R is hydrogen, B-A is phenyl and R4 is p-methoxyphenyl.
  • sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (Vlll):
  • G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of
  • OH, G is not H;
  • R, R a and R D are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C ⁇ -C6)alkoxy(C ⁇ -C6)-alkoxy or -W-R 30 ;
  • W is independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R 2 and R ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 7 , R 3a and R 4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl(C-
  • R30 is selected from the group consisting of R 32 -subst ⁇ tuted T, R 3 -substituted-T-(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R 3 -substituted-(C -C6)alkyl, R 32 -substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R 3 -substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl;
  • R 3" 1 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C ⁇ -C4)alkyl;
  • T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
  • R 32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (C ⁇ -C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -N ⁇ 2, (C ⁇ -C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C ⁇ ⁇ -C4)alkylsulfanyl, (C ⁇ -C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C ⁇ -C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(0)-NH(C ⁇ -C4)alkyl, -C(0)-N((C ⁇ -C4)alkyl)2, -C(0)-(C ⁇ -C4)alkyl, -C(0)-(C ⁇ -C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R 32 is a covalent bond and R 3 ⁇ , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R 32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazin
  • Ar 2 is aryl or R 1 1 -substituted aryl; Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of
  • q 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ; -(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r.
  • E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR 22 - or - S(0)o-2-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
  • V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0- 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6; Rl2 is
  • M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
  • X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R 10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, -OR19, -0(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR 2 1 , -0(CH 2 )1-50R19, -O(CO)NRl 9 R 20 , -NR19R20, -NR19(CO)R 2 0, -NR19(C0)0R 2 1 ,
  • R15 and R 17 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR ' l ⁇ _ 0(C0)R1 , -0(CO)OR 2 1 and -O(CO)NR “ 19R20 ;
  • R " ! 6 and R “ ! 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H,
  • Q when Q is a bond and R-! is can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
  • R1 and R 2 ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-
  • R 1 is (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
  • R 22 is H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R19 O ⁇ -COOR1 ;
  • R 23 and R 24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, (C ⁇ -C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R 2 0, -OH and halogeno; and
  • R 25 is H, -OH or (Ci-C6)alkoxy.
  • Ar 2 is preferably phenyl or R 1 1 -phenyl, especially (4-R 1 ⁇ -substituted phenyl.
  • Preferred definitions of R 1 " are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
  • Ar 1 is preferably phenyl or R ⁇ -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R 10 )- substituted phenyl.
  • R 1 0 is halogeno, and more preferably fluoro.
  • Q is a bond and R 1 is lower alkylene, preferably propylene;
  • Q is a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R ⁇ 3 and R 14 are each i I ethylene and R 12 is -CH- or -C(OH)- , and R 1 is -(CH2)q wherein q is 0-6;
  • Q is a bond and R 1 is wherein the variables are chosen such that R 1 is -0-CH2-CH(OH)-;
  • tne variables are chosen such that R 1 is -CH(OH)-(CH2)2-;
  • Q is a bond and R1 is -X r (C) v -Y k -S(O) 0.2 - wherein the
  • R 1 is -CH(OH)-CH2-S(0)o-2--
  • a preferred compound of Formula (Vlll) therefore, is one wherein G and G 1 are as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
  • Ar 1 is phenyl or RlO-substituted phenyl, wherein R1° is halogeno;
  • Ar 2 is phenyl or R1 1 -phenyl, wherein R 1 1 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-C ⁇ alkoxy and halogeno;
  • Q is a bond and R 1 is lower alkylene; Q, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the group wherein preferably
  • R 13 and R 14 are each ethylene and a and b are each 1 , and wherein R 12 is
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and Rj are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-
  • R 3 , R a , R 4 and R 4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ - C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl;
  • R, R a and R D are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C ⁇ -C6)alkoxy(C-
  • R 3 ⁇ substituents are selected from the group consisting of: 2- fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2-yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl.
  • Preferred combinations of R, R a and R D are as follows:
  • R, R a and R b are independently -OH or -O-C(O)-NH-R 30 , especially wherein R a is -OH and R and R b are -O-C(O)-NH-R 30 and R 30 is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and R a are each
  • R b is-0-C(0)-NH-R 30 wherein R 30 is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro- phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl;
  • R a is -OH, halogeno, azido or (C ⁇ -C6)-alkoxy(C ⁇ -C6)alkoxy
  • R b is H, halogeno, azido or (C-
  • R is -O-C(0)-NH-R 30 , especially compounds wherein R a is -OH, R D is H and R 3 ⁇ is 2-fluorophenyl;
  • R, R a and R b are independently -OH or -O-C(0)-R 30 and R 30 is (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, T , or T substituted by one or two halogeno or (C -C6)alkyl groups, especially compounds wherein R is -OH and R a and R D are -O-C(O)- R ⁇ wherein R 30 is 2-furyl; and
  • R, R a and R D are independently -OH or halogeno.
  • Three additional classes of preferred compounds are those wherein the C 1 ' anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C 2 ' anomeric oxy is beta, and wherein the R group is alpha.
  • G and G 1 are preferably selected from:
  • R 26 is H or OH, more preferably H.
  • the -O-G substituent is preferably in the 4-position of the phenyl ring to which it is attached.
  • sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IX) below:
  • R 26 is selected from the group consisting of: a) OH; b) OCH 3 ; c) fluorine and d) chlorine.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of
  • R, R a and R D are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C ⁇ -C6)alkoxy(C ⁇ -C6)-alkoxy and -W-R 3 0;
  • W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(0)-N(R 3 1 )-, -NH-C(O)-N(R 3 1 )- and -O-C(S)-N(R 3" l )-;
  • R 2 and R ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl;
  • R 3 , R 4 , R ⁇ , R7, R 3 a and R 4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl(C ⁇ -C-6)alkyl, -C(O)(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
  • R 3 ⁇ is independently selected form the group consisting of R 32 -substituted T,
  • R 32 -substituted-T-(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, R 3 -substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R 32 -substituted-
  • R 31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C ⁇ -C4)alkyl
  • T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
  • R 32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C-
  • R 32 is a covalent bond and R 31 , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R 32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C -C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group; Ar 1 is aryl or R " l°-substituted aryl;
  • Ar 2 is aryl or R 1 1 -substituted aryl
  • Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
  • R 12 is l i ⁇ ⁇ i I J
  • R10 and R ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, -OR ' ' 9 , -0(C0)R19, -O(CO)OR 21 , -0(CH2)1-50R19, -O(CO)NR 9 R 2 0, -NR19R20 > -NR 19 (CO)R 2 0, -NRl (CO)OR 2 1 , -NR19(CO)NR 2 0R 25 , - Rl9s ⁇ 2R 21 , -COOR19, -CONR19R20 J -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(0) ⁇ -2R 21 , -0(CH2)1-10-COOR19,
  • Art can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
  • R19 and R 2 ⁇ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl;
  • R 21 is (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl or R 2 -substituted aryl;
  • R 22 is H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, aryl (C
  • R 23 and R 24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, (C ⁇ -C ⁇ )alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20 J _QH and halogeno; and
  • R 25 is H, -OH or (Ci-C6)alkoxy.
  • Ar 2 is preferably phenyl or R ⁇ " I -phenyl, especially (4-R " I ⁇ -substituted phenyl.
  • R1 " I are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
  • Arl is preferably phenyl or R ⁇ -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R1 °)- substituted phenyl.
  • a preferred definition of R ⁇ O is halogeno, especially fluoro.
  • Q is a lower alkyl or a spiro group as defined above, wherein
  • R ⁇ and Ri are each ethylene and R1 2 is -CH- or -C(OH)- .
  • a preferred compound of formula IX is one wherein R 1 is as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
  • Ar " ! is phenyl or R ⁇ O-substituted phenyl, wherein R10 is halogeno;
  • Ar 2 is phenyl or R ⁇ " I -phenyl, wherein R " ! 1 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkoxy and halogeno;
  • 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone forms the group wherein preferably RI and R " ! 4 are each ethylene and a and b are each 1 , and
  • R1 2 is -CH- or -C(OH)- ;
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-]-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl.
  • R 3 , R 3a , R 4 and R 4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl; R, R a and R b are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C ⁇ -C-6)alkoxy(C ⁇ -C6)alkoxy and -W-R 30 , wherein W is -O-
  • R 31 is H and R 30 is (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl, -C(0)-(Ci-C4)alkoxy-(C ⁇ - C6)alkyl, T , T-(C -C6)alkyl, or T or T-(C ⁇ -C6)alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (C ⁇ -C6)alkyl groups.
  • R 3 ⁇ substituents are 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6- dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2- yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl.
  • R a and R b are as follows: (1) R, R a and R b are independently -OH or -O-C(0)-NH-
  • R30 I especially wherein R a is -OH and R and R are -0-C(O)-NH-R 30 and R 30 is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and R a are -OH and R b is-O-C(O)-NH-R 30 wherein R 30 is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl; (2) R a is -OH, halogeno, azido or (C-
  • R a and R b are independently -OH or halogeno.
  • Three additional classes of preferred are compounds are those wherein the C ⁇ ' anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C 2 ' anomeric oxy is beta, and wherein the R group is alpha.
  • R 1 is preferably selected from:
  • a more preferred compound is one represented by formula XI:
  • compositions, pharmaceutical compositions, therapeutic combinations, kits and methods of treatment as described above comprise: (a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) a second amount of at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted ⁇ -lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidin
  • Suitable substituted azetidinone compounds or substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds can be selected from any of the compounds discussed above in Formulae l-XI.
  • Other useful substituted azetidinone compounds include N-sulfonyl-2- azetidinones such as are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,983,597 and ethyl 4-(2- oxoazetidin-4-yl)phenoxy-alkanoates such as are disclosed in Ram et al., Indian J. Chem. Sect. B. 29B, 12 (1990), p. 1134-7, which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • the compounds of Formulae l-XI can be prepared by known methods, including the methods discussed above and, for example, WO 93/02048 describes the preparation of compounds wherein -R ⁇ -Q- is alkylene, alkenylene or alkylene interrupted by a hetero atom, phenylene or cycloalkylene; WO 94/17038 describes the preparation of compounds wherein Q is a spirocyclic group; WO 95/08532 describes the preparation of compounds wherein -R ' l-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene group; PCT/US95/03196 describes compounds wherein -R ⁇ -Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene attached to the Ar 1 moiety through an -O- or S(O)rj-2- group; and U.S.
  • the daily dose of the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) preferably ranges from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, and more preferably about 0.25 to about 50 mg/day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses.
  • the exact dose is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
  • the weights indicated above refer to the weight of the acid equivalent or the base equivalent of the therapeutic compound derived from the salt.
  • the compositions or therapeutic combinations can further comprise one or more pharmacological or therapeutic agents or drugs such as cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors and/or lipid-lowering agents discussed below.
  • the composition or treatment can further comprise one or more cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • Non-limiting examples of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors for use in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention include competitive inhibitors of HMG CoA reductase, the rate-limiting step in cholesterol biosynthesis, squalene synthase inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors and mixtures thereof.
  • HMG CoA reductase inhibitors include statins such as lovastatin (for example MEVACOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), pravastatin (for example PRAVACHOL® which is available from Bristol Meyers Squibb), fluvastatin, simvastatin (for example ZOCOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), atorvastatin, cerivastatin, CI-981 , and pitavastatin (such as NK- 104 of Negma Kowa of Japan); HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, for example L- 659,699 ((E,E)-1 ⁇ -(hydroxy-methylH'-oxo ⁇ 'R-oxetanylj-S. ⁇ R-trimethyl ⁇ - undecadienoic acid); squalene synthesis inhibitors, for example squalestatin 1 ; and squalene epoxidase inhibitors, for example, NB-598
  • a total daily dosage of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 160 mg per day, and preferably about 0.2 to about 80 mg/day in single or 2-3 divided doses.
  • the composition or treatment comprises the compound of Formula (II) in combination with one or more of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof and one or more cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors.
  • the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof is selected from nicotinic acid or acipimox.
  • the cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor comprises one or more HMG CoA reductase inhibitors, such as, for example, lovastatin, pravastatin and/or simvastatin.
  • compositions or therapeutic combinations that can further comprise at least one (one or more) activators for peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPAR).
  • the activators act as agonists for the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors.
  • Three subtypes of PPAR have been identified, and these are designated as peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha (PPAR ⁇ ), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma (PPARy) and peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor delta (PPAR ⁇ ).
  • PPAR ⁇ is also referred to in the literature as PPAR ⁇ and as NUC1, and each of these names refers to the same receptor.
  • PPAR ⁇ regulates the metabolism of lipids. PPAR ⁇ is activated by fibrates and a number of medium and long-chain fatty acids, and it is involved in stimulating ⁇ - oxidation of fatty acids. The PPARy receptor subtypes are involved in activating the program of adipocyte differentiation and are not involved in stimulating peroxisome proliferation in the liver. PPAR ⁇ has been identified as being useful in increasing high density lipoprotein (HDL) levels in humans. See, e.g., WO 97/28149.
  • HDL high density lipoprotein
  • PPAR ⁇ activator compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglycerides, moderately lowering LDL levels and increasing HDL levels.
  • Useful examples of PPAR ⁇ activators include fibrates.
  • fibric acid derivatives include clofibrate (such as ethyl 2-(p-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionate, for example ATROMID-S® Capsules which are commercially available from Wyeth-Ayerst); gemfibrozil (such as 5-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid, for example LOPID® tablets which are commercially available from Parke Davis); ciprofibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 52214-84-3, see U.S. Patent No. 3,948,973 which is incorporated herein by reference); bezafibrate (C.A.S. Registry No.
  • fenofibrate such as TRICOR® micronized fenofibrate (2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl) phenoxy]-2-methyl-propanoic acid, 1 -methylethyl ester
  • TRICOR® micronized fenofibrate (2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl) phenoxy]-2-methyl-propanoic acid, 1 -methylethyl ester
  • LIPANTHYL® micronized fenofibrate which is commercially available from Labortoire Founier, France
  • These compounds can be used in a variety of forms, including but not limited to acid form, salt form, racemates, enantiomers, zwitterions and tautomers.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable PPARy activators include derivatives of glitazones or thiazolidinediones, such as, troglitazone (such as REZULIN® troglitazone (-5-[[4-[3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-1-benzopyran-2- yl)methoxy]phenyl] methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione) commercially available from Parke- Davis); rosiglitazone (such as AVANDIA® rosiglitazone maleate (-5-[[4-[2-(methyl-2- pyridinylamino)ethoxy] phenyl] methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione, (Z) -2-butenedioate) (1 :1) commercially available from SmithKline Beecham) and pioglitazone (such as ACTOSTM pioglitazone hydrochloride (5-[[4
  • thiazolidinediones include ciglitazone, englitazone, darglitazone and BRL 49653 as disclosed in WO 98/05331 which is incorporated herein by reference; PPARy activator compounds disclosed in WO 00/76488 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPARy activator compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,994,554 which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • PPARy activator compounds include certain acetylphenols as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,859,051 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain quinoline phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 99/20275 which is incorporated herein by reference; aryl compounds as disclosed by WO 99/38845 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain 1 ,4-disubstituted phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63161 ; certain aryl compounds as disclosed in WO 01/00579 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzoic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 01/12612 and WO 01/12187 which are incorporated herein by reference; and substituted 4-hydroxy-phenylalconic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 97/31907 which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • PPAR ⁇ compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglyceride levels or raising HDL levels.
  • PPAR ⁇ activators include suitable thiazole and oxazole derivates, such as C.A.S. Registry No. 317318-32-4, as disclosed in WO 01/00603 which is incorporated herein by reference); certain fluoro, chloro or thio phenoxy phenylacetic acids as disclosed in WO 97/28149 which is incorporated herein by reference; suitable non- ⁇ -oxidizable fatty acid analogues as disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
  • PPAR ⁇ compounds as disclosed in WO 99/04815 which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • compounds that have multiple functionality for activating various combinations of PPAR ⁇ , PPARy and PPAR ⁇ are also useful with the practice of the present invention.
  • Non-limiting examples include certain substituted aryl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,248,781; WO 00/23416; WO 00/23415; WO 00/23425; WO 00/23445; WO 00/23451 ; and WO 00/63153, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, are described as being useful PPAR ⁇ and/or
  • PPARy activator compounds include activator compounds as disclosed in WO 97/25042 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63190 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21181 which is incorporated herein by reference; biaryl-oxa(thia)zole compounds as disclosed in WO 01/16120 which is incorporated herein by reference; compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63196 and WO 00/63209 which are incorporated herein by reference; substituted 5-aryl-2,4-thiazolidinediones compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
  • PPAR activator compounds include substituted benzylthiazolidine- 2,4-dione compounds as disclosed in WO 01/14349, WO 01/14350 and WO/01/04351 which are incorporated herein by reference; mercaptocarboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 00/50392 which is incorporated herein by reference; ascofuranone compounds as disclosed in WO 00/53563 which is incorporated herein by reference; carboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 99/46232 which is incorporated herein by reference; compounds as disclosed in WO 99/12534 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzene compounds as disclosed in WO 99/15520 which is incorporated herein by reference; o-anisamide compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21578 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPAR activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/40192 which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator(s) are administered in a therapeutically effective amount to treat the specified condition, for example in a daily dose preferably ranging from about 50 to about 3000 mg per day, and more preferably about 50 to about 2000 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses.
  • a daily dose preferably ranging from about 50 to about 3000 mg per day, and more preferably about 50 to about 2000 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses.
  • the exact dose is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on such factors as the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
  • compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more bile acid sequestrants (insoluble anion exchange resins), coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivative(s) thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • bile acid sequestrants insoluble anion exchange resins
  • Bile acid sequestrants bind bile acids in the intestine, interrupting the enterohepatic circulation of bile acids and causing an increase in the faecal excretion of steroids. Use of bile acid sequestrants is desirable because of their non-systemic mode of action. Bile acid sequestrants can lower intrahepatic cholesterol and promote the synthesis of apo B/E (LDL) receptors which bind LDL from plasma to further reduce cholesterol levels in the blood.
  • LDL apo B/E
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable bile acid sequestrants include cholestyramine (a styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer containing quaternary ammonium cationic groups capable of binding bile acids, such as QUESTRAN® or QUESTRAN LIGHT® which are available from Bristol-Myers Squibb), colestipol (a copolymer of diethylenetriamine and 1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane, such as COLESTID® tablets which are available from Pharmacia), colesevelam hydrochloride (such as WelChol® Tablets (poly(allylamine hydrochloride) cross-linked with epichlorohydrin and alkylated with 1-bromodecane and (6-bromohexyl)-trimethylammonium bromide) which are available from Sankyo), water soluble derivatives such as 3,3-ioene, N-(cycloalkyl) alkylamines and poliglusam, insoluble
  • Suitable inorganic cholesterol sequestrants include bismuth salicylate plus montmorillonite clay, aluminum hydroxide and calcium carbonate antacids.
  • a total daily dosage of bile acid sequestrant(s) can range from about 1 to about 50 grams per day, and preferably about 2 to about 16 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more ileal bile acid transport (“I BAT”) inhibitors (or apical sodium co-dependent bile acid transport (“ASBT”) inhibitors) coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • I BAT ileal bile acid transport
  • ASBT apical sodium co-dependent bile acid transport
  • the 1BAT inhibitors can inhibit bile acid transport to reduce LDL cholesterol levels.
  • IBAT inhibitors include benzothiepines such as therapeutic compounds comprising a 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1-benzothiepine 1 ,1-dioxide structure such as are disclosed in PCT Patent Application WO 00/38727 which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • a total daily dosage of IBAT inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.1 to about 50 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more AcylCoA:Cholesterol O- acyltransferase (“ACAT”) Inhibitors, which can reduce LDL and HDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • ACAT is an enzyme responsible for esterifying excess intracellular cholesterol and may reduce the synthesis of VLDL, which is a product of cholesterol esterification, and overproduction of apo B-100- containing lipoproteins.
  • Non-limiting examples of useful ACAT inhibitors include avasimibe ([[2,4,6- tris(1-methylethyl)phenyl]acetyl]sulfamic acid, 2,6-bis(1-methylethyl)phenyl ester, formerly known as CM 011), HL-004, lecimibide (DuP-128) and CL-277082 ( ⁇ /-(2,4- difluorophenyl)- ⁇ /-[[4-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)phenyl]methyl]- ⁇ /-heptylurea). See P. Chang et al., "Current, New and Future Treatments in Dyslipidaemia and Atherosclerosis", Drugs 2000 Jul;60(1 ); 55-93, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • a total daily dosage of ACAT inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein ("CETP”) Inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • CETP is responsible for the exchange or transfer of cholesteryl ester carrying HDL and triglycerides in VLDL.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable CETP inhibitors are disclosed in PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38721 and U.S. Patent No. 6,147,090, which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Pancreatic cholesteryl ester hydrolase (pCEH) inhibitors such as WAY-121898 also can be coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • a total daily dosage of CETP inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.5 to about 20 mg/kg body weight/day in single or divided doses.
  • the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise probucol or derivatives thereof (such as AGI- 1067 and other derivatives disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos. 6,121 ,319 and 6,147,250), which can reduce LDL and HDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • a total daily dosage of probucol or derivatives thereof can range from about 10 to about 2000 mg/day, and preferably about 500 to about 1500 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise low-density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor activators, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • LDL-receptor activators include HOE-402, an imidazolidinyl-pyrimidine derivative that directly stimulates LDL receptor activity. See M. Huettinger et al., "Hypolipidemic activity of HOE-402 is Mediated by Stimulation of the LDL Receptor Pathway", Arterioscler. Thromb. 1993; 13:1005-12.
  • a total daily dosage of LDL receptor activator(s) can range from about 1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise fish oil, which contains Omega 3 fatty acids (3- PUFA), which can reduce VLDL and triglyceride levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • a total daily dosage of fish oil or Omega 3 fatty acids can range from about 1 to about 30 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise natural water soluble fibers, such as psyllium, guar, oat and pectin, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • natural water soluble fibers such as psyllium, guar, oat and pectin
  • a total daily dosage of natural water soluble fibers can range from about 0.1 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise plant sterols, plant stands and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, such as sitostanol ester used in BENECOL® margarine, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • a total daily dosage of plant sterols, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols can range from about 0.5 to about 20 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise antioxidants, such as probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, ⁇ -carotene and selenium, or vitamins such as vitamin B 6 or vitamin B-
  • antioxidants such as probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, ⁇ -carotene and selenium
  • vitamins such as vitamin B 6 or vitamin B-
  • a total daily dosage of antioxidants or vitamins can range from about 0.05 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise monocyte and macrophage inhibitors such as polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), thyroid hormones including throxine analogues such as CGS-26214 (a thyroxine compound with a fluorinated ring), gene therapy and use of recombinant proteins such as recombinant apo E, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
  • a total daily dosage of these agents can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions or therapeutic combinations which further comprise hormone replacement agents and compositions.
  • Useful hormone agents and compositions for hormone replacement therapy of the present invention include androgens, estrogens, progestins, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives thereof. Combinations of these agents and compositions are also useful.
  • the dosage of androgen and estrogen combinations vary, desirably from about
  • estrified estrogens sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate
  • methyltestosterone 17.hydroxy-17-methyl-, (17B)- androst-4-en-3-one
  • Estrogens and estrogen combinations may vary in dosage from about 0.01 mg up to 8 mg, desirably from about 0.3 mg to about 3.0 mg.
  • useful estrogens and estrogen combinations include: (a) the blend of nine (9) synthetic estrogenic substances including sodium estrone sulfate, sodium equilin sulfate, sodium 17 ⁇ -dihydroequilin sulfate, sodium 17 ⁇ -estradiol sulfate, sodium 17 ⁇ -dihydroequilin sulfate, sodium 17 ⁇ -dihydroequilenin sulfate, sodium 17 ⁇ -dihydroequilenin sulfate, sodium equilenin sulfate and sodium 17 ⁇ -estradiol sulfate; available from Duramed Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cincinnati, OH, under the tradename Cenestin;
  • estradiol (19-nor-17 ⁇ -pregna-1 ,3,5(10)-trien-20-yne-3,17-diol; available by Schering Plough Corporation, Kenilworth, NJ, under the tradename Estinyl;
  • esterified estrogen combinations such as sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate; available from Solvay under the tradename Estratab and from Monarch Pharmaceuticals, Bristol, TN, under the tradename Menest;
  • estropipate (piperazine estra-1 ,3,5(10)-trien-17-one, 3-(sulfooxy)- estrone sulfate); available from Pharmacia & Upjohn, Peapack, NJ, under the tradename Ogen and from Women First Health Care, Inc., San Diego, CA, under the tradename Ortho-Est; and
  • Progestins and estrogens may also be administered with a variety of dosages, generally from about 0.05 to about 2.0 mg progestin and about 0.001 mg to about 2 mg estrogen, desirably from about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg progestin and about 0.01 mg to about 0.5 mg estrogen.
  • Examples of progestin and estrogen combinations that may vary in dosage and regimen include:
  • estradiol estra-1 , 3, 5 (10)-triene-3, 17 ⁇ -diol hemihydrate
  • norethindrone 17 ⁇ -acetoxy-19-nor-17 ⁇ -pregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one
  • Activella the combination of levonorgestrel (d(-)-13 ⁇ -ethyl-17 ⁇ -ethinyl-17 ⁇ - hydroxygon- 4-en-3-one) and ethinyl estradial; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Alesse, from Watson Laboratories, Inc., Corona, CA, under the tradenames Levora and Trivora, Monarch Pharmaceuticals, under the tradename Nordette, and from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Triphasil; (c) the combination of ethynodiol diacetate (19-nor
  • a dosage of progestins may vary from about .05 mg to about 10 mg or up to about 200 mg if microsized progesterone is administered.
  • progestins include norethindrone; available from ESI Lederle, Inc., Philadelphia, PA, under the tradename Aygestin, from Ortho-McNeil under the tradename Micronor, and from Watson under the tradename Nor-QD; norgestrel; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Ovrette; micronized progesterone (pregn-4-ene-3, 20-dione); available from Solvay under the tradename Prometrium; and medroxyprogesterone acetate; available from Pharmacia & Upjohn under the tradename Provera.
  • compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more obesity control medications.
  • Useful obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient- partitioning agents.
  • Suitable obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, noradrenergic agents (such as diethylpropion, mazindol, phenylpropanolamine, phentermine, phendimetrazine, phendamine tartrate, methamphetamine, phendimetrazine and tartrate); serotonergic agents (such as sibutramine, fenfluramine, dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine and paroxtine); thermogenic agents (such as ephedrine, caffeine, theophylline, and selective ⁇ 3-adrenergic agonists); alpha-blocking agents; kainite or AMPA receptor antagonists; leptin-lipolysis stimulated receptors; phospho
  • a total dosage of the above-described obesity control medications can range from 1 to 3,000 mg/day, desirably from about 1 to 1 ,000 mg/day and more desirably from about 1 to 200 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
  • compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more blood modifiers which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds (such as compounds l-XI above) and the bile acid sequestrants discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or bile acid sequestrants discussed above.
  • blood modifiers which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds (such as compounds l-XI above) and the bile acid sequestrants discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or bile acid sequestrants discussed above.
  • Useful blood modifiers include but are not limited to anti-coagulants (argatroban, bivalirudin, dalteparin sodium, desirudin, dicumarol, lyapolate sodium, nafamostat mesylate, phenprocoumon, tinzaparin sodium, warfarin sodium); antithrombotic (anagrelide hydrochloride, bivalirudin, cilostazol, dalteparin sodium, danaparoid sodium, dazoxiben hydrochloride, efegatran sulfate, enoxaparin sodium, fluretofen, ifetroban, ifetroban sodium, lamifiban, lotrafiban hydrochloride, napsagatran, orbofiban acetate, roxifiban acetate, sibrafiban, tinzaparin sodium, trifenagrel, abciximab, zolimomab aritox); fibrinogen receptor antagonists (
  • compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more cardiovascular agents which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds (such as compounds l-XI above) and the bile acid sequestrants discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or bile acid sequestrants discussed above.
  • cardiovascular agents which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted ⁇ -lactam compounds (such as compounds l-XI above) and the bile acid sequestrants discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or bile acid sequestrants discussed above.
  • Useful cardiovascular agents include but are not limited to calcium channel blockers (clentiazem maleate, amlodipine besylate, isradipine, nimodipine, felodipine, nilvadipine, nifedipine, teludipine hydrochloride, diltiazem hydrochloride, belfosdil, verapamil hydrochloride, fostedil); adrenergic blockers (fenspiride hydrochloride, labetalol hydrochloride, proroxan, alfuzosin hydrochloride, acebutolol, acebutolol hydrochloride, alprenolol hydrochloride, atenolol, bunolol hydrochloride, carteolol hydrochloride, celiprolol hydrochloride, cetamolol hydrochloride, cicloprolol hydrochloride, dexpropranolol hydrochlor
  • compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more antidiabetic medications for reducing blood glucose levels in a human.
  • antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient-partitioning agents.
  • Suitable antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, sulfonylurea (such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, gliamilide, gliclazide, glimepiride, glipizide, glyburide, glibenclamide, tolazamide, and tolbutamide), meglitinide (such as repaglinide and nateg ⁇ nide), biguanide (such as metformin and buformin), alpha-glucosidase inhibitor (such as acarbose, miglitol, camiglibose, and voglibose), certain peptides (such as amlintide, pramlintide, exendin, and GLP-1 agonistic peptides), and orally administrable insulin or insulin composition for intestinal delivery thereof.
  • sulfonylurea such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, gliamilide, gliclazide,
  • a total dosage of the above-described antidiabetic medications can range from 0.1 to 1 ,000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses. Mixtures of any of the pharmacological or therapeutic agents described above can be used in the compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention.
  • compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can be administered to a mammal in need of such treatment in a therapeutically effective amount to treat vascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, hyperlipidaemia (including but not limited to hypercholesterolaemia, hypertriglyceridaemia, sitosterolemia), stroke, diabetes, obesity, and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) in the plasma.
  • vascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, hyperlipidaemia (including but not limited to hypercholesterolaemia, hypertriglyceridaemia, sitosterolemia), stroke, diabetes, obesity, and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) in the plasma.
  • the compositions and treatments can be administered by any suitable means which produce contact of these compounds with the site of action in the body, for example in the plasma, liver or ileum of a mammal or human.
  • the daily dosage for the various compositions and therapeutic combinations described above can be administered to a patient in a single dose or in multiple subdoses, as desired. Subdoses can be administered 2 to 6 times per day, for example. Sustained release dosages can be used. Where the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) are administered in separate dosages, the number of doses of each component given per day may not necessarily be the same, e.g., one component may have a greater duration of activity and will therefore need to be administered less frequently.
  • kits are contemplated wherein two separate units are combined: a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one of nicotinic acid or a derivative thereof and a separate pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one sterol absorption inhibitor as described above.
  • the kit will preferably include directions for the administration of the separate components.
  • the kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components must be administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral) or are administered at different dosage intervals.
  • the pharmaceutical treatment compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can further comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, one or more excipients and/or one or more additives.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include solids and/or liquids such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like.
  • the amount of carrier in the treatment composition can range from about 5 to about 99 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and additives include non-toxic compatible fillers, binders such as starch, disinteg rants, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, flavorings, thickeners, coloring agents, emulsifiers and the like.
  • the amount of excipient or additive can range from about 0.1 to about 90 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination.
  • the amount of carrier(s), excipients and additives can vary.
  • the treatment compositions of the present invention can be administered in any conventional dosage form, preferably an oral dosage form such as a capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension or solution.
  • an oral dosage form such as a capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension or solution.
  • the formulations and pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using conventional pharmaceutically acceptable and conventional techniques. Several examples of preparation of dosage formulations are provided below.
  • the above-described tablet can be coadministered with a tablet, capsule, etc. comprising a dosage of Active Compound II, for example a NIASPAN® niacin extended-release tablet as described above.
  • compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can inhibit the intestinal absorption of cholesterol in mammals, and can be useful in the treatment and/or prevention of vascular conditions, such as atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and sitosterolemia, diabetes, obesity and lowering of plasma levels of cholesterol in mammals, in particular in mammals.
  • vascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and sitosterolemia
  • diabetes obesity
  • lowering of plasma levels of cholesterol in mammals in particular in mammals.
  • the compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can inhibit sterol absorption or reduce plasma concentration of at least one sterol selected from the group consisting of phytosterols (such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol), 5 ⁇ - stanols (such as cholestanol, 5 ⁇ -campestanol, 5 ⁇ -sitostanol), cholesterol and mixtures thereof.
  • phytosterols such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol
  • the plasma concentration can be reduced by administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one treatment composition or therapeutic combination comprising at least one nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof and at least one sterol absorption inhibitor described above.
  • the reduction in plasma concentration of sterols can range from about 1 to about 70 percent, and preferably about 10 to about 50 percent.
  • Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in PCT WO 99/38498 at page 11 , incorporated by reference herein.
  • Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H. Gylling et al., "Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population", J. Lipid Res. 40: 593-600 (1999), incorporated by reference herein.
  • Compound XII can be prepared as shown in Example 9 of U.S. Patent No. 5,688,787, which is incorporated by reference herein. Hamsters were fed a cholesterol-containing diet for 7 days, which resulted in a
  • mice Male Golden Syrian hamsters (Charles River Labs, Wilmington, MA) weighing between 100 and 125g were fed Wayne rodent chow until study onset.
  • the Control and Test compounds were administered once daily for 7 days, starting on Day 1 via oral gavage in 0.2 ml corn oil. Corn oil was used as the Control.
  • the Test compounds included the compound of Formula (XII) (3mg/kg of body weight/day), niacin (100mg/kg of body weight/day), or the compound of Formula (XII) combined with niacin as described in Table 1 below.
  • blood was collected into tubes containing ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), and plasma was prepared by low speed centrifugation at 4°C. Liver samples (0.5g) were taken for neutral lipid analyses.
  • EDTA ethylenedi
  • Nonfasted plasma cholesterol levels were determined by a modification of the cholesterol oxidase method, in which the reagents were available in a kit form from Wako Pure Chemicals Industries, Ltd. (Osaka, Japan). Ten ⁇ l of plasma was assayed for total cholesterol in 1 ml of 0.15 M tris buffer, pH 7.0 containing p-chlorophenol (0.1%), cholesterol oxidase (0.13 U/ml), cholesteryl ester hydrolase (0.13 U/ml), peroxidase (2.4 U/ml) and 4-aminoantipyrine (0.015%). Assays were carried out at 37°C for 10 min, along with cholesterol standards (Sigma Chemical Co., St.
  • Plasma triglyceride levels were determined enzymatically by a modification of the lipase-glycerol phosphate oxidase method, obtained in a kit form from Sigma Chemical Co.
  • Lipid extracts were dried under nitrogen into HPLC sample vials, resuspended in hexane and injected onto a Zorbax Sil (4.6 x 25 cm) silica column. Chromatography was performed using an isocratic mobile phase containing 98.8% hexane and 1.2% isopropanol at a flow rate of 2 ml/min. Lipids were detected by absorbance at 206 nm and quantitated by computer integration (System Gold, Beckman) of elution profiles. Elution time for cholesteryl ester was 1.45 min.
  • Cholesteryl ester content of liver-derived samples was derived from a standard curve constructed using known amounts of cholesteryl oleate. Cholesteryl oleate was used as the standard since this is the major cholesteryl ester species present in the liver and this specific cholesteryl ester has an extinction coefficient that approximates that of a weighted average for all the cholesteryl esters present in the liver.
  • Step 1) To a solution of (S)-4-phenyl-2-oxazolidinone (41 g, 0.25 mol) in CH2CI2 (200 ml), was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (2.5 g, 0.02 mol) and triethylamine (84.7 ml, 0.61 mol) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C. Methyl- 4-(chloroformyl)butyrate (50 g, 0.3 mol) was added as a solution in CH2CI2 (375 ml) dropwise over 1 h, and the reaction was allowed to warm to 22°C.
  • Step 2 To a solution of T1CI4 (18.2 ml, 0.165 mol) in CH2CI2 (600 ml) at 0°C, was added titanium isopropoxide (16.5 ml, 0.055 mol). After 15 min, the product of Step 1 (49.0 g, 0.17 mol) was added as a solution in CH2CI2 (100 ml).
  • DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
  • Step 3 To a solution of the product of Step 2 (8.9 g, 14.9 mmol) in toluene
  • N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (BSA) (7.50 ml, 30.3 mmol). After 0.5 h, solid TBAF (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 50°C for an additional 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 22°C, CH3OH (10 ml), was added. The reaction mixture was washed with HCl (1N), NaHC03 (1 N) and NaCl (sat'd.), and the organic layer was dried over MgS ⁇ 4.
  • BSA N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide
  • Step 4) To a solution of the product of Step 3 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) in CH3OH (3 ml), was added water (1 ml) and LiOH-H2 ⁇ (102 mg, 2.4 mmole). The reaction mixture was stirred at 22°C for 1 h and then additional LiOH-H2 ⁇ (54 mg, 1.3 mmole) was added. After a total of 2 h, HCl (1 N) and EtOAc was added, the layers were separated, the organic layer was dried and concentrated in vacuo.
  • Step 5 To an efficiently stirred suspension of 4-fluorophenylzinc chloride (4.4 mmol) prepared from 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 4.4 ml, 4.4 mmol) and ZnCl2 (0.6 g, 4.4 mmol) at 4°C, was added tetrakis(triphenyl- phosphine)palladium (0.25 g, 0.21 mmol) followed by the product of Step 4 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) as a solution in THF (2 ml). The reaction was stirred for 1 h at 0°C and then for 0.5 h at 22°C.
  • Step 6) To the product of Step 5 (0.95 g, 1.91 mmol) in THF (3 ml), was added (R)-tetrahydro-l -methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1 H,3H-pyrrolo-[1 ,2-c][1 ,3,2] oxazaborole
  • Step 6' (Alternative): To a solution of the product of Step 5 (0.14 g, 0.3 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml), was added 10% Pd/C (0.03 g) and the reaction was stirred under a pressure (60 psi) of H2 gas for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to afford a 1 :1 mixture of compounds 6A and 6B.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods including: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone or substituted b-lactam sterol absorption inhibitor which can be useful for treating vascular conditions, diabetes, obesity and lowering plasma levels of sterols.

Description

COMBINATIONS OF NICOTINIC ACID AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF AND STEROL ABSORPTION INHIBITOR(S) AND TREATMENTS FOR VASCULAR INDICATIONS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of priority from U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 60/264,275 filed January 26, 2001 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 60/323,842 filed September 21 , 2001 , each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to compositions and therapeutic combinations comprising nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof and certain sterol absorption inhibitors for treating hyperlipidemic conditions such as are associated with atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and other vascular conditions in mammals.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Atherosclerotic coronary heart disease (CHD) represents the major cause for death and vascular morbidity in the western world. Risk factors for atherosclerotic coronary heart disease include hypertension, diabetes mellitus, family history, male gender, cigarette smoke and serum cholesterol. A total cholesterol level in excess of 225-250 mg/dl is associated with significant elevation of risk of CHD. Cholesteryl esters are a major component of atherosclerotic lesions and the major storage form of cholesterol in arterial wall cells. Formation of cholesteryl esters is also a key step in the intestinal absorption of dietary cholesterol. Thus, inhibition of cholesteryl ester formation and reduction of serum cholesterol can inhibit the progression of atherosclerotic lesion formation, decrease the accumulation of cholesteryl esters in the arterial wall, and block the intestinal absorption of dietary cholesterol.
The regulation of whole-body cholesterol homeostasis in mammals and animals involves the regulation of dietary cholesterol and modulation of cholesterol biosynthesis, bile acid biosynthesis and the catabolism of the cholesterol-containing plasma lipoproteins. The liver is the major organ responsible for cholesterol biosynthesis and catabolism and, for this reason, it is a prime determinant of plasma cholesterol levels. The liver is the site of synthesis and secretion of very low density lipoproteins (VLDL) which are subsequently metabolized to low density lipoproteins (LDL) in the circulation. LDL are the predominant cholesterol-carrying lipoproteins in the plasma and an increase in their concentration is correlated with increased atherosclerosis. When intestinal cholesterol absorption is reduced, by whatever means, less cholesterol is delivered to the liver. The consequence of this action is decreased hepatic lipoprotein (VLDL) production and an increase in the hepatic clearance of plasma cholesterol, mostly as LDL. Thus, the net effect of inhibiting intestinal cholesterol absorption is a decrease in plasma cholesterol levels. Nicotinic acid and its derivatives can inhibit hepatic production of VLDL and its metabolite LDL and increases HDL and apo A-1 levels.
U.S. Patents Nos. 5,767,115, 5,624,920, 5,668,990, 5,656,624 and 5,688,787, respectively, disclose hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds and substituted β- lactam compounds useful for lowering cholesterol and/or in inhibiting the formation of cholesterol-containing lesions in mammalian arterial walls. U.S. Patents Nos. 5,846,966 and 5,661 ,145, respectively, disclose hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds or substituted β-lactam compounds in combination with HMG CoA reductase inhibitors for preventing or treating atherosclerosis and reducing plasma cholesterol levels. PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38725 discloses cardiovascular therapeutic combinations including an ileal bile acid transport inhibitor or cholesteryl ester transport protein inhibitor in combination with a fibric acid derivative, nicotinic acid derivative, microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, cholesterol absorption antagonist, phytosterol, stanol, antihypertensive agent or bile acid sequestrant. U.S. Patent No. 5,698,527 discloses ergostanone derivatives substituted with disaccharides as cholesterol absorption inhibitors, employed alone or in combination with certain other cholesterol lowering agents, which are useful in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia and related disorders.
Despite recent improvements in the treatment of vascular disease, there remains a need in the art for improved compositions and treatments for hyperlipidaemia, atherosclerosis and other vascular conditions.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION In one embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (I):
Figure imgf000004_0001
(I) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (I) above:
1 2
Ar and Ar are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and
4 R -substituted aryl;
3 5
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR , - O(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9 and -O(CO)NR6R7;
1 3
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; q is 0 or 1 ; r is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1 , the sum of m, q and n is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
4
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -OfCH-^OR6, -O(CO)NR6R?, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R?, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0_2R9, -OfCH^Q-COOR6,
-O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen; R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NRV, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONRV, - COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6,
Figure imgf000005_0001
-(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
6 7 8
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and g
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
In another embodiment, there is provided a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) a compound represented by Formula (II) below:
Figure imgf000005_0002
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the compound of Formula (II) or of the salt or solvate thereof.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (III):
Figure imgf000005_0003
(III) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
1 3 2 4 3 5
Ar is R -substituted aryl; Ar is R -substituted aryl; Ar is R -substituted aryl; Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-,
-CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
R is selected from the group consisting of -OR , -0(CO)R , -O(CO)OR and -
R 7
0(CO)NR R ; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and
1 2 aryl; or R and R together are =O; q is 1 , 2 or 3; p is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
5
R is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O CH^gOR9, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2-lower alkyl,
-NR6S02-aryl, -CONRV, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0.2-alkyl, S(O)0.2-aryl,
Figure imgf000006_0001
o-halogeno, m-halogeno, fi R o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR , and -CH=CH-COOR ;
R and R are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the
5 group consisting of R , hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -NO2, -CF3 and p-halogeno; fi 7 ft
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and g
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000007_0001
(IV)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
2 2
A is selected from the group consisting of R -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R -
2 2 substituted heteroaryl, R -substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R -substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
1 3 Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
2 4
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the
spiro group
Figure imgf000007_0002
; and
1
R is selected from the group consisting of: -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ;
-(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r-, wherein G is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR8- or -S(O)0.2_, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and -(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
5
R is selected from:
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R9)-, -N-, or --NO" ; fi 7
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(CrC6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(CrC6 alkyl)=CH-; or R together with an adjacent R , or R together with an
7 adjacent R , form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C C6 alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided
6 7 that when R is -CH=CH- or -C(C C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R is - CH=CH- or -C(C,-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R 's can
7 bbee tthhee ssaamm<e or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R 's can be the same or different;
1 and when Q is a bond, R also can be selected from:
-M -Yd- -Yk-S(0)o.2-;
Figure imgf000008_0001
where M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH^-C8 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl);
10 12
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -O(CO)R14, -O(CO)OR16 and -O(CO)NR R15;
11 13 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
10 11 12 13
(C C6)alkyl and aryl; or R and R together are =O, or R and R together are =O; d is 1 , 2 or 3; h is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0 or 1 ; t is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1 , the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1, the sum of m, t and n is 1-5; v is O or 1; j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
2 R is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (CrC10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl,
17 17
(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R -substituted aryl, R -substituted benzyl, R -substituted benzyloxy, R -substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR R , NR R (C.,-
14 15 16
C6 alkylene)-, NR R C(0)(CrC6 alkylene)-,-NHC(O)R , OH, Cj-C8 alkoxy, -0C(O)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl,
16 14 16
(C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, -S(O)0.2R , -SO2NR R and
14 2 2
-(C Cg alkylene)COOR ; when R is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R is
as defined, or is =O or
Figure imgf000009_0001
is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (CrC6)alkyl, aryl, (C C^alkoxy, aryloxy,
18 1ft
(C C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2).,_6CONR R ,
Figure imgf000009_0002
1ft wherein J is -O-, -NH-, -NR - or -CH2-
3 4
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C,-C6)alkyl,
-OR14, -O(CO)R14, -0(CO)OR16, -0(CH2)1.5OR14, -O(CO)NR14R15, -NR14R15,
-NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R19, -NR14Sθ2R16, -COOR14,
-CONR14R15, -COR14, -SO2NR14R15, S(O)0.2R16, -O^H^^^-COOR14,
-O(CH2)1.10CONR14R15, -(C^Cg alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR , -CF3, -CN, - NO2 and halogen;
R8 is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R14 or -COOR14;
9 17
R and R are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C.,-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2,
-NR14R15, OH and halogeno; R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
(CrC6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted
Figure imgf000009_0003
ifi 17
R is (C.,-C6)alkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
.18
R is hydrogen or (Cj-C^alkyl; and
.19
R is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C1-C6)alkoxy. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (V):
Figure imgf000010_0001
(V) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
1 10 Ar is aryl, R -substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
2 4
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
3 5
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-; R is -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 or -O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl
1 or aryl; or R and R together are =0; q is 0 or 1 ; r is O, 1 or 2; m and n are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
4
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CH2)1.5OR6, -0(CO)NR6R7,
-NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6Sθ2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -OfCH^Q-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
5
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9,
Figure imgf000010_0002
-O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONRβR7, - COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9,
Figure imgf000011_0001
-CF3, -CN, - NO2, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6; fi 7 ft
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; g
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
10
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, -S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6,
-O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VI):
Figure imgf000011_0002
(VI) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein: R1 is
-CH-, -C(lower alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -fc(C6H5)-, -C(C6H4-R15)-, i i
- N- or - N O" ; 2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of: -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-lower alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or R1 together with an adjacent R2, or R1 together with an adjacent R3, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group; u and v are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is -
CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, u is 1 ; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the Rβ's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B-(CH2)mC(O)-, wherein m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r, wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(Rδ)- or -S(O)0-2-, e is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4,
5 or 6;
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B-(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-;
B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0,
1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)t-V-(C-2-C6 alkenylene)- or B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1 , 2, 3,
4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s-. wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
I
R1 and R4 together form the group B-CH=C- ;
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
Figure imgf000013_0001
W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl,
R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(Rδ)(R9), N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(O)OR10, -NHC(0)Rιo, R11O2SNH-, (Rl lθ2S)2N-, -S(O)2NH2, - S(O)o-2R8. tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(O)Ri2, -COOR19, -CON(R8)(R9),
Figure imgf000013_0002
-lower alkylene-C(O)Rι 2, RlθC(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(Rs)(R9)C(O)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and
- CH2- N R13 y — for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -C(O)ORι 0, -C(0)Rι 0, OH, N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylene-,
N(Rδ)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(Rs)(R9), OH, and halogeno;
R8 and Rg are independently selected from H or lower alkyl; R 0 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy,
I — ^
- N R13 — , -N(R8)(R9), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl; R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R<|g; R15. R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or Ri 5 is hydrogen and Ri 6 and Ri 7, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring; R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VIIA) or Formula (VIIB):
Figure imgf000014_0001
(VIIA) or
Figure imgf000014_0002
(VIIB) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VIIA) or Formula (VIIB) or of the isomers of Formula (VIIA) or Formula (VIIB), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VIIA) or Formula (VIIB) or of the isomers, salts or solvates Formula (VIIA) or Formula (VIIB), wherein in Formula (VIIA) and Formula (VIIB)::
A is -CH=CH-, -C≡C- or -(CH2)p- wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
B is
Figure imgf000014_0003
B' is
Figure imgf000015_0001
D is -(CH2)mC(0)- or -(CH2)q- wherein m is 1 , 2, 3 or 4 and q is 2, 3 or 4; E is Cιo to C20 alkyl or -C(O)-(Cg to Ci9)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds; R is hydrogen, C1-C15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B-(CH2)r -> wherein r is 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
R1 , R2. R3, . R2'. and R3' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, -NHC(0)ORδ, R6O2SNH- and -S(O)2NH2; R4 is
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
R5 is lower alkyl; and R6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (Vlll):
Figure imgf000015_0003
(Vlll) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (Vlll) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (Vlll) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (Vlll) above, R26 js H or OG1 ; G and G^ are independently selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000016_0001
provided that when R26 is H or
Figure imgf000016_0002
OH, G is not H;
R, Ra and RD are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C-|-C6)alkoxy(C-ι-C6)-alkoxy or -W-R30; W is independently selected from the group consisting of
-NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -0-C(O)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31)- and -0-C(S)-N(R31 )-;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-|- C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl; R3, R4, R5? R7J R3a anc| R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl(Cι-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(Cι-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(Ci-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R3 -substituted-(Cι-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(Cι-C6)alkyl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (Cι-C4)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1 -3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (Cι-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (Cι-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Ci-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2> -C(O)-NH(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((Cι-C4)alkyl)2, -C(0)-(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R3^ , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C-|-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N- methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group; Ar1 is aryl or R ^-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R11 -substituted aryl; Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the spiro group
Figure imgf000017_0001
; and
R1 is selected from the group consisting of
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ; -(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r. wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or -
S(O)o-2-. e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0- 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6; R^2 is
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R23)-, -N-, or -+NO' ;
R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(Cι-C-6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(Cι-Cβ) alkyl), -CH=CH- and
-C(Cι-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R^2 together with an adjacent R^3, or R^2 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH- or a
Figure imgf000017_0002
alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(Cι -CQ alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C-|-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the Rl 4's can be the same or different; and when Q is a bond, R^ also can be:
-M
Figure imgf000018_0001
M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(C1-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R1 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Cι-C6)alkyl, -0R19, -O(CO)Rl9, -O(CO)OR21 , -0(CH2)1-50R19, -O(CO)NR19R20, -NR19R20, -NR1 (CO)R20, -NR19(C0)0R21 , -NR19(CO)NR2OR25, -NR19S02R21 , -COOR19, -CONR1 R20, -COR19, -SO2NR R20I S(O)0-2R21 , -O(CH2)1-10-COOR1 J -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20, -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COORl9, -CH=CH-COOR19, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R15 and R^7 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR19, -O(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21 and -O(CO)NR1 R20;
R16 and R18 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C -C6)alkyl and aryl; or R1^ and R16 together are =0, or R17 and R18 together are =O; d is 1 , 2 or 3; h is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0 or 1 ; t is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1 , the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1 , the sum of m, t and n is 1-5; v is 0 or 1 ; j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1 -5; R15
-Xr(C)v-Yk-S(O)0.2- and when Q is a bond and R1 is R16 , Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-|- C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (Cι-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R19 or -COOR'' 9;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, (Cι-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, N02, -NR1 9R20J _OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, -OH or (C<|-C6)alkoxy.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IX) below:
Figure imgf000019_0001
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (IX): R26 is selected from the group consisting of: a) OH; b) OCH3; c) fluorine and d) chlorine. R1 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000020_0001
-SO3H; natural and unnatural amino acids.
Figure imgf000020_0002
R, Ra and R& are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (C-|-C-6)alkoxy(Cι-C6)-alkoxy and -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of
-NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(0)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31)- and -0-C(S)-N(R31 )-; R2 and Rβ are independently selected from the group consisting of H,
(Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(Cι-C6)alkyl, -C(0)(C C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl;
R39 is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(Cι-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-
(Cι-C6)alkyl, R 2-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R3 -substituted-(C3- C7)cycloalkyl(Cι -Cβjalkyl;
R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C-j-C4)alkyl; T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1 -3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (Cι-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (Cι-C4)aIkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Ci-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C-i- C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(0)-NH(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-N((Cι-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-
(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31 , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (Cι-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar1 is aryl or R 0-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the spiro group
Figure imgf000021_0001
;
Rl2 is
1 1 ' ' ' 23 I + '
-CH-, -C(C C6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R23)-, -N-, or -+NQ- ;
R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(Ci-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(Cι-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R 2 together with an adjacent R 3, or R 2 together with an adjacent R 4, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(Cι-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C -C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R 4's can be the same or different; R 0 and R 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Cι-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -O(CO)R 9, -O(CO)OR21 , -0(CH2)1-50R19, -O(CO)NR 9R20, _NR19R20) -NR 9(CO)R20, -NR 9(CO)OR21 , -NR19(CO)NR20R25, -NR sθ2R21 , -COOR , -CONR^R^, -COR19, -Sθ2NR1 R20, S(O)θ-2R21. -0(CH2)1-10-COOR 9, -0(CH2)1 -1 oCONR19R20, -(C | -Cβ alkylene)-COOR 9, -CH=CH-COOR 9, -CF3, -
CN,
-NO2 and halogen; Ar1 can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R 9 and R20 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C -C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C -C6)alkyl; R2 is (C -C6)alkyl, aryl or R2 -substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (Cι-C6)alkyl. aryl (Cι-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R 9 or -COOR19; R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR1 9R20J _OH and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (Ci -C6)alkoxy.
In another embodiment, a composition is provided which comprises: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or its derivatives; and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or of the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or of the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or of the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof. Therapeutic combinations are provided comprising: (a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formulae (l-XI), substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, isomers of the sterol absorption inhibitors, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the sterol absorption inhibitors, or prodrugs of the sterol absorption inhibitors or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal. Pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the above compositions or therapeutic combinations and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier also are provided.
Methods of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the above compositions or therapeutic combinations also are provided.
Other than in the operating examples, or where otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term "about."
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compositions, pharmaceutical compositions, therapeutic combinations, kits and methods of treatment using the same comprising at least one (one or more) of nicotinic acid (niacin) or derivatives thereof(s) and at least one (one or more) of substituted azetidinone sterol absorption inhibitors or substituted β-lactam sterol absorption inhibitors such as are discussed in detail below.
As used herein, "nicotinic acid derivative" means a compound comprising a pyridine-3-carboxylate structure or a pyrazine-2-carboxylate structure, including acid forms, salts, esters, zwitterions and tautomers, where available. Examples of nicotinic acid derivatives include niceritrol, nicofuranose and acipimox (5-methyl pyrazine-2- carboxylic acid 4-oxide). Nicotinic acid and its derivatives inhibit hepatic production of VLDL and its metabolite LDL and increases HDL and apo A-1 levels. An example of a suitable nicotinic acid product is NIASPAN® (niacin extended-release tablets) which are available from Kos.
The nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) are administered in a therapeutically effective amount to treat the specified condition, for example a total daily dosage of nicotinic acid or a derivative thereof can range from about 500 to about 10,000 mg/day, preferably about 1000 to about 8000 mg/day, and more preferably about 3000 to about 6000 mg/day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses. The exact dose, however, is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on such factors as the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient. The phrase "therapeutically effective amount" means that amount of a therapeutic agent of the composition, such as the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s), sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and pharmacological or therapeutic agents described below, that will elicit a biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or mammal that is being sought by the administrator (such as a researcher, doctor or veterinarian) which includes alleviation of the symptoms of the condition or disease being treated and the prevention, slowing or halting of progression of one or more conditions, for example vascular conditions, such as hyperiipidemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), vascular inflammation, stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or to reduce the level of sterol(s) (such as cholesterol) in the plasma.
As used herein, "combination therapy" or "therapeutic combination" means the administration of two or more therapeutic agents, such as nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s), to prevent or treat a condition, for example a vascular condition, such as hyperlipidaemia (for example atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia or sitosterolemia), stroke, diabetes, obesity and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) in the plasma. As used herein, "vascular" comprises cardiovascular, cerebrovascular and combinations thereof. Such administration includes coadministration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single tablet or capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients or in multiple, separate capsules for each therapeutic agent. Also, such administration includes use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner. In either case, the treatment using the combination therapy will provide beneficial effects in treating the condition. A potential advantage of the combination therapy disclosed herein may be a reduction in the required amount of an individual therapeutic compound or the overall total amount of therapeutic compounds that are effective in treating the condition. By using a combination of therapeutic agents, the side effects of the individual compounds can be reduced as compared to a monotherapy, which can improve patient compliance. Also, therapeutic agents can be selected to provide a broader range of complementary effects or complimentary modes of action.
As discussed above, the compositions, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention comprise one or more substituted azetidinone or substituted β-lactam sterol absorption inhibitors discussed in detail below. As used herein, "sterol absorption inhibitor" means a compound capable of inhibiting the absorption of one or more sterols, including but not limited to cholesterol, phytosterols (such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol), 5α- stanols (such as cholestanol, 5α-campestanol, δα-sitostanol), and mixtures thereof, when administered in a therapeutically effective (sterol absorption inhibiting) amount to a mammal.
In a preferred embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (I) below:
Figure imgf000025_0001
0)
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (I), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I), wherein, in Formula (I) above:
1 2
Ar and Ar are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and
4 R -substituted aryl;
3 5 Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CHøower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
2 6
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR , -
0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -0(CO)NR6R?;
1 3 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; q is 0 or 1 ; r is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1 , 2, 3 or
4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1 , the sum of m, q and n is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
4
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONRV, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -OfCH^.^-COOR6,
-O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
5
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O CH^.gOR6, -0(CO)NR6R?, -NRβR7,
-NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, - COR6, -S02NRδR7, S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6, -O(CH2).,_10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
R 7 ft
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and g
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
4 5
Preferably, R is 1-3 independently selected substituents, and R is preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" or "lower alkyl" means straight or branched alkyl chains having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and "alkoxy" means alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of lower alkyl groups include, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl groups.
"Alkenyl" means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more double bonds in the chain, conjugated or unconjugated. Similarly, "alkynyl" means straight or branched carbon chains having one or more triple bonds in the chain. Where an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl chain joins two other variables and is therefore bivalent, the terms alkylene, alkenylene and alkynylene are used.
"Cycloalkyl" means a saturated carbon ring of 3 to 6 carbon atoms, while "cycloalkylene" refers to a corresponding bivalent ring, wherein the points of attachment to other groups include all positional isomers.
"Halogeno" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine radicals. "Aryl" means phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl or indanyl. "Phenylene" means a bivalent phenyl group, including ortho, meta and para- substitution.
1 2 3
The statements wherein, for example, R, R , R and R » are said to be
1 2 3 independently selected from a group of substituents, mean that R, R , R and R are
1 2 3 independently selected, but also that where an R, R , R and R variable occurs more than once in a molecule, each occurrence is independently selected (e.g., if R is -OR , wherein R is hydrogen, R2 can be -OR wherein R is lower alkyl). Those skilled in the art will recognize that the size and nature of the substituent(s) will affect the number of substituents that can be present.
Compounds of the invention have at least one asymmetrical carbon atom and therefore all isomers, including enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers and racemates of the compounds of Formulae (l-XI) (where they exist) are contemplated as being part of this invention. The invention includes d and I isomers in both pure form and in admixture, including racemic mixtures. Isomers can be prepared using conventional techniques, either by reacting optically pure or optically enriched starting materials or by separating isomers of a compound of the Formulae l-XI. Isomers may also include geometric isomers, e.g., when a double bond is present.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate that for some of the compounds of the Formulas l-XI, one isomer will show greater pharmacological activity than other isomers.
Compounds of the invention with an amino group can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with organic and inorganic acids. Examples of suitable acids for salt formation are hydrochloric, sulfuric, phosphoric, acetic, citric, oxalic, malonic, salicylic, malic, fumaric, succinic, ascorbic, maleic, methanesulfonic and other mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those in the art. The salt is prepared by contacting the free base form with a sufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt. The free base form may be regenerated by treating the salt with a suitable dilute aqueous base solution such as dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The free base form differs from its respective salt form somewhat in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but the salt is otherwise equivalent to its respective free base forms for purposes of the invention. Certain compounds of the invention are acidic (e.g., those compounds which possess a carboxyl group). These compounds form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with inorganic and organic bases. Examples of such salts are the sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, gold and silver salts. Also included are salts formed with pharmaceutically acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl amines, hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine and the like.
As used herein, "solvate" means a molecular or ionic complex of molecules or ions of solvent with those of solute (for example, one or more compounds of Formulae l-XI, isomers of the compounds of Formulae l-XI, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae l-XI). Non-limiting examples of useful solvents include polar, protic solvents such as water and/or alcohols (for example methanol).
As used herein, "prodrug" means compounds that are drug precursors which, following administration to a patient, release the drug in vivo via some chemical or physiological process (e.g., a prodrug on being brought to the physiological pH or through enzyme action is converted to the desired drug form).
1 4
Preferred compounds of Formula (I) are those in which Ar is phenyl or R -
4 2 substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R )-substituted phenyl. Ar is preferably phenyl
4 4 3 or R -substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R )-substituted phenyl. Ar is preferably
5 5 1 4
R -substituted phenyl, more preferably (4-R )-substituted phenyl. When Ar is (4-R )-
4 2 3 4 5 substituted phenyl, R is preferably a halogen. When Ar and Ar are R - and R -
4 6 5 substituted phenyl, respectively, R is preferably halogen or -OR and R is preferably fi fi
-OR , wherein R is lower alkyl or hydrogen. Especially preferred are compounds
1 2 3 wherein each of Ar and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl and Ar is 4-hydroxyphenyl or 4- methoxyphenyl.
1 3 X, Y and Z are each preferably -CH2-. R and R are each preferably fi fi hydrogen. R and R are preferably -OR wherein R is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and
-O(CO)NR6R7, defined above).
The sum of m, n, p, q and r is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3. Preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2. Also preferred are compounds of Formula (I) in which p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3. More preferred are compounds wherein m, n and r are each fi fi zero, q is 1 , p is 2, Z is -CH2- and R is -OR , especially when R is hydrogen.
Also more preferred are compounds of Formula (I) wherein p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 , m is 2, X is -CH2- and R is -OR , especially when R is hydrogen.
Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (I) is that in which Ar is
4 2 4 3 5 phenyl or R -substituted phenyl, Ar is phenyl or R -substituted phenyl and Ar is R -
1 4 substituted phenyl. Also preferred are compounds in which Ar is phenyl or R -
2 4 3 5 substituted phenyl, Ar is phenyl or R -substituted phenyl, Ar is R -substituted phenyl, and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 3. More preferred are
1 4 2 4 compounds wherein Ar is phenyl or R -substituted phenyl, Ar is phenyl or R -
3 5 substituted phenyl, Ar is R -substituted phenyl, and wherein m, n and r are each zero, q is 1 and p is 2, or wherein p, q and n are each zero, r is 1 and m is 2 or 3.
In a preferred embodiment, a sterol inhibitor of Formula (I) (ezetimibe) useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention is represented by Formula (II) below:
Figure imgf000029_0001
(ll) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (II), or prodrugs of the compound of Formula (II) or of the salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (II).
Compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a variety of methods well know to those skilled in the art, for example such as are disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos. 5,631 ,365, 5,767,115, 5,846,966, 6,207,822 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/279,288 filed March 28, 2001 , and PCT Patent Application WO 93/02048, each of which is incorporated herein by reference, and in the Example below. For example, suitable compounds of Formula I can be prepared by a method comprising the steps of:
(a) treating with a strong base a lactone of the Formula A or B:
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein R' and R2' are R and R2, respectively, or are suitably protected hydroxy groups; Ar10 is Ar1 , a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl; and the remaining variables are as defined above for Formula I, provided that in lactone of formula B, when n and r are each zero, p is 1-4; (b) reacting the product of step (a) with an imine of the formula
Figure imgf000030_0002
wherein Ar2^ is Ar2, a suitably protected hydroxy-substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl; and Ar3u is Ar3, a suitably protected hydroxy- substituted aryl or a suitably protected amino-substituted aryl; c) quenching the reaction with an acid; d) optionally removing the protecting groups from R\ R2', Ar10, Ar2^ and Ar30, when present; and e) optionally functionalizing hydroxy or amino substituents at R, R2, Ar , Ar2 and Ar3. Using the lactones shown above, compounds of Formula IA and IB are obtained as follows:
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein the variables are as defined above; and
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein the variables are as defined above.
Alternative sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (III) below:
Figure imgf000031_0003
(III)
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (III), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (III), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III), wherein, in Formula (III) above:
1 3
Ar is R -substituted aryl;
2 4
Ar is R -substituted aryl;
3 5
Ar is R -substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-; A is selected from -0-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
R is selected from the group consisting of -OR , -0(CO)R , -O(CO)OR9 and -
6 7 2
0(CO)NR R ; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and
1 2 aryl; or R and R together are =0; q is 1 , 2 or 3; p is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
5
R is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR9, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7,
-NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2-lower alkyl, -NR6S02-aryl, -CONR6R?, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2-alkyl, S(O)0.2-aryl,
-OfCH^o-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, o-halogeno, m-halogeno,
6 fi o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR , and -CH=CH-COOR ;
3 4
R and R are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the
5 group consisting of R , hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -NO2, -CF3 and p-halogeno;
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrog jeenn,, lloowweerr aallkkyyll,, aarryyll aann<d aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
1
Preferred compounds of Formula I include those in which Ar is R -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl. Ar is preferably R -
4 3 5 substituted phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl. Ar is preferably R -
5 substituted phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl. Mono-substitution of each of
1 2 3
Ar , Ar and Ar is preferred.
2 1
Y and Z are each preferably -CH2-. R is preferably hydrogen. R is preferably fi fi -OR wherein R is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as - 0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 and -0(CO)NR6R7, defined above). Also preferred are
1 2 compounds wherein R and R together are =O.
The sum of q and p is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1. Preferred are compounds wherein p is zero and q is 1. More preferred are compounds wherein p is
1 6 6 zero, q is 1 , Y is -CH2- and R is -OR , especially when R is hydrogen. Another group of preferred compounds is that in which Ar is R -substituted phenyl, Ar is R -substituted phenyl and Ar is R -substituted phenyl. Also preferred are compounds wherein Ar is R -substituted phenyl, Ar is R -
3 5 substituted phenyl, Ar is R -substituted phenyl, and the sum of p and q is 1 or 2,
1 3 2 especially 1. More preferred are compounds wherein Ar is R -substituted phenyl, Ar
4 3 5 is R -substituted phenyl, Ar is R -substituted phenyl, p is zero and q is 1. A is preferably -0-.
R3 is preferably -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2-alkyl, S(O)0.2-
3 aryl, NO2 or halogeno. A more preferred definition for R is halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro.
R4 is preferably hydrogen, lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9,
C "7 R "7 β d "T
-O(CO)NR R , -NR R , COR or halogeno, wherein R and R are preferably g independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R is preferably lower alkyl. A more
4 preferred definition for R is hydrogen or halogeno, especially fluoro or chloro. R5 is preferably -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -O(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7,
-(lower alkylene)-COOR6 or -CH=CH-COOR6, wherein R6 and R7 are preferably g independently hydrogen or lower alkyl, and R is preferably lower alkyl. A more preferred definition for R5 is -OR^, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6 or
-CH=CH-COOR6, wherein R is preferably hydrogen or lower alkyl. Methods for making compounds of Formula 111 are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
5,688,990, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000033_0001
(IV) or isomers of the compounds of Formula (IV), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (IV), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV), wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
2 2
A is selected from the group consisting of R -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R -
2 2 substituted heteroaryl, R -substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R -substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
1 3
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
2 4 Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the
spiro group
Figure imgf000034_0001
; and
1
R is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ;
-(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r-, wherein G is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR8- or -S(O)0_2-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and
-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1 -6;
5
R is selected from:
I I l l l _ I J
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R9)-, -N-, or-+NO" ; fi 7
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(CrC6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(CrC6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and
5 6 5 -C(C C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R together with an adjacent R , or R together with an adjacent R7, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(CrC6 alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is -CH=CH- or -C(CrC6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R is - CH=CH- or -C(C.,-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6,s can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R 's can be the same or different;
1 and when Q is a bond, R also can be selected from:
-M -Y k-S(O)0.2-;
Figure imgf000035_0001
where M is -0-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C C6 alkyl)- and -Cfdi-^-C8) alkyl);
10 12
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of
14 14 16 14 15 -OR , -O(CO)R , -0(CO)OR and -O(CO)NR R ;
11 13
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
10 11 12 13
(Cj-C8jalkyl and aryl; or R and R together are =0, or R and R together are =0; d is 1, 2 or 3; h is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0 or 1 ; t is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1 , the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1 , the sum of m, t and n is 1 -5; v is 0 or 1 ; j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
2
R is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C.,-C10)alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl,
17 17
(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R -substituted aryl, R -substituted benzyl,
17 17 14 15 14 15
R -substituted benzyloxy, R -substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR R , NR R (Cr
14 15 16 C6 alkylene)-, NR R C(0)(CrC6 alkylene)-,-NHC(0)R , OH, O,-C6 alkoxy, -OC(O)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(CrC6)alkyl,
16 14 15
(C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, NO2, -S(O)0.2R , -SO2NR R and 14 2 2
-(C^Cg alkylene)COOR ; when R is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R is
°L /CHZJLZ 2 as defined, or is =O or o' ; and, where R is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C C6)alkyl, aryl, (CrC6)alkoxy, aryloxy, (C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2).,_6CONR R ,
Figure imgf000036_0001
18 wherein J is -O-, -NH-, -NR - or -CH 2 '
3 4
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C.,-C6)alkyl,
14 14 16 14 14 1«ϊ 14 15
-OR , -O(CO)R , -0(CO)OR , -0(CH2)1.5OR , -O(CO)NR R , -NR R , -NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R19, -NR14SO2R16, -COOR14,
-CONR
Figure imgf000036_0002
-©(CH^^^CONR^R15, -(CrC6 alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR14, -CF3, -CN, - NO2 and halogen;
8 14 14
R is hydrogen, (C C6)alkyl, aryl (CrC6)alkyl, -C(O)R or -COOR ;
9 17 R and R are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (Cj-C8jalkyl, (CrC6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2,
14 15
-NR R , OH and halogeno;
14 15
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C,-C6)alkyl;
1fi *17 R is (C^CgJalkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
18
R is hydrogen or (C C6)alkyl; and
19
R is hydrogen, hydroxy or (C^C^alkoxy.
2
As used in Formula (IV) above, "A" is preferably an R -substituted, 6- membered heterocycloalkyl ring containing 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms. Preferred heterocycloalkyl rings are piperidinyl, piperazinyl and morpholinyl groups. The ring "A" is preferably joined to the phenyl ring through a ring nitrogen. Preferred R
19 substituents are hydrogen and lower alkyl. R is preferably hydrogen.
2 4 4
Ar is preferably phenyl or R -phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl.
4
Preferred definitions of R are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
1 3
Ar is preferably phenyl or R -substituted phenyl, especially
3
(4-R )-substituted phenyl.
1
There are several preferred definitions for the -R -Q- combination of variables:
1
Q is a bond and R is lower alkylene, preferably propylene; fi 7 Q is a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R and R are each
5 ' ' ethylene and R is -CH- or -C(OH)- ; R10
Q is a bond and R1 is -M-Yd-C-Z,-— wherein the variables
R 1 are chosen such that R1 is -0-CH2-CH(OH)-;
Q is a bond and R is wherein the
Figure imgf000037_0001
1 variables are chosen such that R is -CH(OH)-(CH2)2-; and
R10
Q is a bond and R1 is -Xr(C)v-Yk-S(O)0_2- wherein the
A« variables are chosen such that R is -CH(OH)-CH2-S(O)0_2-. Methods for making compounds of Formula IV are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Patent No.
5,656,624, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (V):
Figure imgf000038_0001
(V)
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (V), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (V), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V), wherein, in Formula (V) above:
1 10
Ar is aryl, R -substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
2 4
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
3 5 Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9 or -O(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl
1 or aryl; or R and R together are =O; q is O or l ; r is 0, 1 or 2; m and n are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
4
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R?,
-NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -O^H^^-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
5
R is 1 -5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR6 f -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7,
-NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6SO2R9, -COOR6, -CONRV, - COR6, -SO2NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6,
Figure imgf000038_0002
-CF3, -CN, -NO2, halogen, -(lower alkyIene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COORδ; fi 7 R
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; g
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
10 R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -O(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -0(CH2).,_5OR6, -O(CO)NR6R7,
-NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6,
-CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, -S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6,
-O(CH2)1_10CONRβR7, -CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen.
Within the scope of Formula V, there are included two preferred structures. In Formula VA, q is zero and the remaining variables are as defined above, and in Formula VB, q is 1 and the remaining variables are as defined above:
Figure imgf000039_0001
4 5 10
R , R and R are each preferably 1-3 independently selected substituents as
1 10 set forth above. Preferred are compounds of Formula (V) wherein Ar is phenyl, R -
10 2 substituted phenyl or thienyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl or thienyl. Ar is
4 4 3 preferably R -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl. Ar is
5 5 preferably phenyl or R -substituted phenyl, especially (4-R )-substituted phenyl.
1 10 10
When Ar is R -substituted phenyl, R is preferably halogeno, especially fluoro.
2 4 4 6 6
When Ar is R -substituted phenyl, R is preferably -OR , especially wherein R is
3 5 5 hydrogen or lower alkyl. When Ar is R -substituted phenyl, R is preferably halogeno,
1 especially fluoro. Especially preferred are compounds of Formula (V) wherein Ar is
2 3 phenyl, 4-fluorophenyl or thienyl, Ar is 4-(alkoxy or hydroxy)phenyl, and Ar is phenyl or 4-fluorophenyl.
X and Y are each preferably -CH2-. The sum of m, n and q is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2. When q is 1 , n is preferably 1 to 5
1 2 3
P Prreferences for X, Y, Ar , Ar and Ar are the same in each of Formulae (VA) and (VB) In compounds of Formula (VA), the sum of m and n is preferably 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2. Also preferred are compounds wherein the sum of m and n is 2, and r is 0 or 1.
In compounds of Formula (VB), the sum of m and n is preferably 1 , 2 or 3, more preferably 1. Especially preferred are compounds wherein m is zero and n is 1.
1 fi fi
R is preferably hydrogen and R is preferably -OR wherein R is hydrogen, or a group readily metabolizable to a hydroxyl (such as -O(CO)R ,
-O(CO)OR9 and -0(CO)NR6R7, defined above), or R and R1 together form a =O group. Methods for making compounds of Formula V are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,624,920, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (VI):
Figure imgf000040_0001
(VI) or isomers of the compounds of Formula (VI), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (VI), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI), wherein in Formula (VI):R1 is
-CH-, -C(lower alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -fc(C6H5)-, -C(C6H4-R15)-,
I I
- N- or - N O" ;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of: -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-iower alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or R-| together with an adjacent R2, or Ri together with an adjacent R3, form a
-CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group; u and v are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is - CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, u is 1 ; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B-(CH2)mC(0)-, wherein m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r> wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(Rs)- or -S(0)rj-2-, e is 0,
1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
5 or 6;
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B-(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-; B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1 ,
2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0,
1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B-(CH2)t-V-(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-. wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
T-(CH2)s-. wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
I Ri and R4 together form the group B-CH=C- ;
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
Figure imgf000042_0001
W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl,
R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(R8)(Rg). N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylene-, N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(0)ORio, -NHC(O)Rio, R11O2SNH-, (Rnθ2S)2N-, -S(0)2NH2, - S(0)o-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(0)R12, -COOR19, -CON(Rδ)(R9), -CH=CHC(0)R12, -lower alkylene-C(0)Ri 2, RlθC(0)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(Rs)(R9)C(0)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and
- CH2- N R13
^ — f for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -C(0)ORi 0, -C(O)Ri 0, OH, N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylene-,
N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(O)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(Rβ)(R9). OH, and halogeno;
R8 and Rg are independently selected from H or lower alkyl; R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy,
- N R13 — f , -N(R8)(Rg), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl;
R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(O)R-|g; R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or Ri 5 is hydrogen and R 6 and Ri 7, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring; Rig is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
One group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is that in which R21 is selected from phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl, wherein W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, -N(Rδ)(R9), -NHC(O)ORi 0, -NHC(0)R10, NO2, -CN, -N3, -SH, -S(0)fj-2-(lower alkyl), -COOR19, -CON(R8)(R9), -COR12, phenoxy, benzyloxy, -OCF3, -CH=C(O)Ri2 or tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy, wherein Rs, R9, R10. R12 and R19 are as defined for Formula IV. When W is 2 or 3 substituents, the substituents can be the same or different. Another group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is that in which R20 is phenyl or W-substituted phenyl, wherein preferred meanings of W are as defined above for preferred definitions of R21.
More preferred are compounds of Formula VI wherein R20 is phenyl or W- substituted phenyl and R21 is phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, indanyl, benzofuranyl, benzodioxolyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, quinolyl or cyclopropyl; W is lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, OH, halogeno, -N(R8)(Rg), - NHC(O)OR10, -NHC(O)R10, NO2, -CN, -N3, -SH,
-S(0)o-2-(lower alkyl), -COOR19, -CON(Rδ)(R9). -COR12, phenoxy, benzyloxy, - CH=CHC(0)R 2, -OCF3 or tert-butyl-dimethyl-silyloxy, wherein when W is 2 or 3 substituents, the substituents can be the same or different, and wherein Rδ, Rg. RlO. R12 and R19 are as defined in Formula VI.
Also preferred are compounds of Formula VI wherein R-j is -CH- or -C(OH)- Another group of preferred compounds of Formula VI is in which R2 and R3 are each -CH2- and the sum of u and v is 2, 3 or 4, with u=v=2 being more preferred. R4 is preferably B-(CH2)q- or B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r. wherein B, Z, q, e and r are
as defined above. B is preferably
Figure imgf000044_0001
, wherein Ri 6 and Ri 7 are each hydrogen and wherein R 5 is preferably H, OH, lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, or halogeno, especially chloro.
Preferably Z is -O-, e is 0, and r is 0.
Preferably q is 0-2.
R20 is preferably phenyl or W-substituted phenyl.
Preferred W substituents for R20 are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy and ethoxy, OH, and -C(O)Ri2, wherein R12 is preferably lower alkoxy.
Preferably R21 is selected from phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl and F- phenyl.
I
Especially preferred are compounds of Formula VI wherein Ri is -CH- , or
I
-C(OH)- , R2 and R3 are each -CH2-, u=v=2, R4 is B-(CH2)q-, wherein B is phenyl or phenyl substituted by lower alkoxy or chloro, q is 0-2, R20 is phenyl, OH-phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl-substituted phenyl, and R21 is phenyl, lower alkoxy-substituted phenyl or F-phenyl.
Methods for making compounds of Formula VI are well known to those skilled in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable methods are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,69δ,548, which is incorporated herein by reference.
In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB):
Figure imgf000044_0002
(VIIA) or
Figure imgf000045_0001
(VIIB) or isomers of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB), wherein in Formulae (VIIA) and (VIIB):
A is -CH=CH-, -C≡C- or -(CH2)p- wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
B is
Figure imgf000045_0002
B' is
Figure imgf000045_0003
D is -(CH2)mC(0)- or -(CH2)q- wherein m is 1 , 2, 3 or 4 and q is 2, 3 or 4;
E is Cιo to C20 alkyl or -C(O)-(Cg to Ci9)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
R is hydrogen, C1-C 5 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B-(CH2)r -, wherein r is 0, 1, 2, or 3; 1> R2> R3, Ri'. R2'> and R3* are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, -NHC(O)OR5, R6O2SNH- and -S(0)2NH2;
R4 is
Figure imgf000046_0001
wherein n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
R5 is lower alkyl; and R6 is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino. Preferred are compounds of Formula (VIIA) wherein R is hydrogen, saturated or mono-unsaturated Ci -C10 alkyl or phenyl. Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIA) is that in which D is propyi (i.e., -(CH2)q- and q is 3). A third group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIA) is that wherein R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl. Still another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIA) is that wherein A is ethylene or a bond (i.e., -(CH2 )p- wherein p is zero). R-j', R2', and R3' are preferably each hydrogen, and preferably R-] is hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, lower alkoxy, amino or t-butoxycarbonyl-amino and R2 and R3 are each hydrogen. More preferred are compounds of Formula (VIIA) wherein Rγ, R2', and R31 are each hydrogen; Ri is hydrogen, hydroxy, nitro, lower alkoxy, amino or t- butoxycarbonyl-amino and R2 and R3 are each hydrogen; R is hydrogen, ethyl or phenyl; D is propyi; R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl; and A is ethylene or a bond. Preferred compounds of Formula (VIIA), wherein B' is phenyl, are shown in the
following table:
Figure imgf000047_0001
The first-listed compound in the above table having the (3R,4S) absolute stereochemistry is more preferred.
Preferred compounds of Formula (VIIB) are those wherein R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or phenylpropyl. Another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIB) is that wherein R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl. Still another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIB) is that wherein A is ethylene or a bond. Yet another group of preferred compounds of Formula (VIIB) is that wherein E is decyl, oleoyl or 7-Z-hexadecenyl. Preferably Ri _ R2 and R3 are each hydrogen.
More preferred compounds of Formula (VIIB) are those wherein R is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or phenylpropyl; R4 is p-methoxyphenyl or 2,4,6- trimethoxyphenyl; A is ethylene or a bond; E is decyl, oleoyl or 7-Z-hexadecenyl; and Ri , R2 and R3 are each hydrogen. A preferred compound of Formula (VIIB) is that wherein E is decyl, R is hydrogen, B-A is phenyl and R4 is p-methoxyphenyl.
In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (Vlll):
Figure imgf000048_0001
(Vlll) or isomers of the compounds of Formula (Vlll), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (Vlll) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (Vlll), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (Vlll) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (Vlll), wherein, in Formula (Vlll) above,
R26 js H or OG1;
G and G1 are independently selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000048_0002
o annHd > nc provided that when R2b is H or
Figure imgf000048_0003
OH, G is not H; R, Ra and RD are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (Cι-C6)alkoxy(Cι-C6)-alkoxy or -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of
-NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(0)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(0)-N(R31)- and
-0-C(S)-N(R31 )-; R2 and Rβ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C<|- C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(Ci-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl(C-|-C6)alkyl, -C(O)(Cι-C6)alkyl and -C(0)aryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substϊtuted T, R3 -substituted-T-(Cι-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R3 -substituted-(C -C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R3 -substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(Cι-C6)alkyl; R3"1 is selected from the group consisting of H and (Cι-C4)alkyl;
T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (Cι-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -Nθ2, (Cι-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C<ι-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(0)-NH(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-N((Cι-C4)alkyl)2, -C(0)-(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-(Cι-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R3^ , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C -C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N- methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group; Ar"! is aryl or R"! ^-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R1 1 -substituted aryl; Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the
Figure imgf000049_0001
and
R1 is selected from the group consisting of
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ; -(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r. wherein E is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or - S(0)o-2-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0- 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6; Rl2 is
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R23)-, -N-, or -+NO" ;
R13 and R14 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(Cι-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(Cι -C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R"! 2 together with an adjacent R"! 3, or R12 together with an adjacent R14, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(Cι-C6 alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(Ci-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(Cι-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R^'s can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R^4's can be the same or different; and when Q is a bond, R-! also can be:
-M ;
Figure imgf000050_0001
M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-; X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of
-CH2-, -CH(C1-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(Cι-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R11 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Cι-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -0(CO)R19, -O(CO)OR21 , -0(CH2)1-50R19, -O(CO)NRl9R20, -NR19R20, -NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(C0)0R21 ,
-NR19(CO)NR2OR25, -NR19SO2R21 , -COOR19, -CONR19R20> .COR19, -SO2NR1 R20, S(O)θ-2R21 , -0(CH2)1-10-COOR19, -O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20; -(Ci-Cβ alkyleneJ-COOR^, -O-^CH-COORl9,
-CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R15 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR'l ι _ 0(C0)R1 , -0(CO)OR21 and -O(CO)NR"19R20; R"! 6 and R"! 3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H,
(Cl-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R 5 and R16 together are =0, or R"17 and R13 together are =0; d is 1 , 2 or 3; h is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0 or 1 ; t is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1, and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1 , the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1 , the sum of m, t and n is 1-5; v is 0 or 1 ; j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
and when Q is a bond and R-! is
Figure imgf000051_0001
can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R1 and R are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-|- C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (Cι-C6)alkyl;
R 1 is (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R19 OΓ -COOR1 ;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, (Cι-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20, -OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, -OH or (Ci-C6)alkoxy. Ar2 is preferably phenyl or R1 1 -phenyl, especially (4-R1 ^-substituted phenyl. Preferred definitions of R1 " are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro.
Ar1 is preferably phenyl or R^-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R10)- substituted phenyl. Preferably R10 is halogeno, and more preferably fluoro.
There are several preferred definitions for the -R" -Q- combination of variables:
Q is a bond and R1 is lower alkylene, preferably propylene;
Q is a spiro group as defined above, wherein preferably R^3 and R14 are each i I ethylene and R12 is -CH- or -C(OH)- , and R1is -(CH2)q wherein q is 0-6;
Q is a bond and R1 is wherein the variables
Figure imgf000052_0001
are chosen such that R1 is -0-CH2-CH(OH)-;
wherein tne
Figure imgf000052_0002
variables are chosen such that R1 is -CH(OH)-(CH2)2-; and
R 15
I
Q is a bond and R1 is -Xr(C)v-Yk-S(O)0.2- wherein the
R16
variables are chosen such that R1 is -CH(OH)-CH2-S(0)o-2--
A preferred compound of Formula (Vlll) therefore, is one wherein G and G1 are as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
Ar1 is phenyl or RlO-substituted phenyl, wherein R1° is halogeno;
Ar2 is phenyl or R11 -phenyl, wherein R1 1 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Ci-Cβ alkoxy and halogeno;
Q is a bond and R1 is lower alkylene; Q, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the group
Figure imgf000053_0001
wherein preferably
R13 and R14 are each ethylene and a and b are each 1 , and wherein R12 is
I I
-CH- or -C(OH)- ; Q is a bond and R1 is -O-CH2-CH(OH)-; Q is a bond and R1 is
CH(OH)-(CH2)2-; or Q is a bond and R1 is -CH(OH)-CH2-S(O)0-2-.
Preferred variables for G and G1 groups of the formulae
Figure imgf000053_0002
are as follows:
R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and Rj are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-|-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl.
Preferred variables for group G or G1 of the formula:
Figure imgf000053_0003
are as follows:
R3, R a, R4 and R4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι- C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl;
R, Ra and RD are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (Cι-C6)alkoxy(C-|-C6)alkoxy and -W-R30, wherein W is -O-C(O)- or -O-C(O)-NR31-, R31 js H and R30 is (Cι-C6)alkyl, -C(O)-(Cι-C4)alkoxy-(Cι-C6)alkyl, T , T-(Cι-C6)alkyl, or T or T- (Ci-C6)alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (Ci-C6)alkyl groups. Preferred R3^ substituents are selected from the group consisting of: 2- fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2-yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl. Preferred combinations of R, Ra and RD are as follows:
1) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or -O-C(O)-NH-R30, especially wherein Ra is -OH and R and Rb are -O-C(O)-NH-R30 and R30 is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and Ra are each
-OH and Rb is-0-C(0)-NH-R30 wherein R30 is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro- phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl;
2) Ra is -OH, halogeno, azido or (Cι-C6)-alkoxy(Cι-C6)alkoxy, Rb is H, halogeno, azido or (C-|-C6)alkoxy(Cι-C6)-alkoxy, and R is -O-C(0)-NH-R30, especially compounds wherein Ra is -OH, RD is H and R3^ is 2-fluorophenyl;
3) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or -O-C(0)-R30 and R30 is (Cι-C6)alkyl, T , or T substituted by one or two halogeno or (C -C6)alkyl groups, especially compounds wherein R is -OH and Ra and RD are -O-C(O)- R ^ wherein R30 is 2-furyl; and
4) R, Ra and RD are independently -OH or halogeno. Three additional classes of preferred compounds are those wherein the C1' anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C2' anomeric oxy is beta, and wherein the R group is alpha.
G and G1 are preferably selected from:
Figure imgf000054_0001
PhC ,
Figure imgf000054_0002
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000055_0002
wherein Ac is acetyl and Ph is phenyl.
Preferably, R26 is H or OH, more preferably H. The -O-G substituent is preferably in the 4-position of the phenyl ring to which it is attached.
In another embodiment, sterol absorption inhibitors useful in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention are represented by Formula (IX) below:
Figure imgf000055_0003
or isomers of the compounds of Formula (IX), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers of the compounds of Formula (IX), or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX), wherein
R26 is selected from the group consisting of: a) OH; b) OCH3; c) fluorine and d) chlorine. R1 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000056_0001
H; natural and unnatural o acids-
Figure imgf000056_0002
R, Ra and RD are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (Cι-C6)alkoxy(Cι-C6)-alkoxy and -W-R30; W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -O-C(0)-N(R31 )-, -NH-C(O)-N(R31 )- and -O-C(S)-N(R3"l )-;
R2 and Rβ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, Rβ, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl(Cι-C-6)alkyl, -C(O)(Cι-C6)alkyl and -C(O)aryl; R3^ is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T,
R32-substituted-T-(Cι -C6)alkyl, R3 -substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-
(C -C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-
C7)cycloalkyl(Cι -C6)alkyl;
R31 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (Cι-C4)alkyl; T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (C-|-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (Cι-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C-|-
C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(O)-NH(Ci-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-N((Cι-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-
(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(O)-(C-ι-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31 , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (C -C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group; Ar1 is aryl or R"l°-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R1 1 -substituted aryl;
Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the spiro group
Figure imgf000057_0001
; R12 is l i ι ι i I J
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R23)-, -N-, or -+NO" ;
R"!3 and R^4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(Cι-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C«|-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R^2 together with an adjacent R13, or R^2 together with an adjacent R^4, form a -CH=CH- or a
Figure imgf000057_0002
alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C-|-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(Cι-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R" 's can be the same or different;
R10 and R^ are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Cι-C6)alkyl, -OR'' 9, -0(C0)R19, -O(CO)OR21 , -0(CH2)1-50R19, -O(CO)NR 9R20, -NR19R20> -NR19(CO)R20, -NRl (CO)OR21 , -NR19(CO)NR20R25, - Rl9sθ2R21 , -COOR19, -CONR19R20J -COR19, -SO2NR19R20, S(0)θ-2R21 , -0(CH2)1-10-COOR19,
-O(CH2)1 -10CONR19R20I -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COORl9, -CH=CH-C00R1 , -CF3, -
CN,
-NO2 and halogen; Art can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R19 and R2^ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (Cι-C6)alkyl; R21 is (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl or R2 -substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl (C |-C6)alkyl, -C(O)R19 or -COORl9; R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, (Cι-Cβ)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20J _QH and halogeno; and R25 is H, -OH or (Ci-C6)alkoxy.
Ar2 is preferably phenyl or R^ "I -phenyl, especially (4-R "I ^-substituted phenyl. Preferred definitions of R1 "I are lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halogeno, especially fluoro. Arl is preferably phenyl or R ^-substituted phenyl, especially (4-R1 °)- substituted phenyl. A preferred definition of R^O is halogeno, especially fluoro. Preferably Q is a lower alkyl or a spiro group as defined above, wherein
I I preferably R^ and Ri are each ethylene and R12 is -CH- or -C(OH)- .
A preferred compound of formula IX, therefore, is one wherein R1 is as defined above and in which the remaining variables have the following definitions:
Ar"! is phenyl or R^O-substituted phenyl, wherein R10 is halogeno;
Ar2 is phenyl or R^ "I -phenyl, wherein R"! 1 is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkoxy and halogeno;
Q is a lower alkyl (i.e. C-1 to C-2) with Q = C-2 being preferred, or Q, with the
3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the group
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein preferably RI and R"!4 are each ethylene and a and b are each 1 , and
I i wherein R12 is -CH- or -C(OH)- ;
Preferred variables for R groups of the formula
Figure imgf000059_0001
are as follows:
R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-]-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl. Preferred variables for group R1 of the formula
Figure imgf000059_0002
are as follows:
R3, R3a, R4 and R4a are selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, benzyl and acetyl; R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (Cι-C-6)alkoxy(Cι-C6)alkoxy and -W-R30, wherein W is -O-
C(0 or -0-C(O)-NR31-, R31 is H and R30 is (Cι-C6)alkyl, -C(0)-(Ci-C4)alkoxy-(Cι- C6)alkyl, T , T-(C -C6)alkyl, or T or T-(Cι-C6)alkyl wherein T is substituted by one or two halogeno or (Cι-C6)alkyl groups. Preferred R3^ substituents are 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6- dichlorophenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-thienylmethyl, 2-methoxy-carbonylethyl, thiazol-2- yl-methyl, 2-furyl, 2-methoxycarbonylbutyl and phenyl. Preferred combinations of R,
Ra and Rb are as follows: (1) R, Ra and Rb are independently -OH or -O-C(0)-NH-
R30I especially wherein Ra is -OH and R and R are -0-C(O)-NH-R30 and R30 is selected from the preferred substituents identified above, or wherein R and Ra are -OH and Rb is-O-C(O)-NH-R30 wherein R30 is 2-fluorophenyl, 2,4-difluoro-phenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl; (2) Ra is -OH, halogeno, azido or (C-|-C6)-alkoxy(Cι-C6)alkoxy, R is H, halogeno, azido or (Ci-C6)alkoxy(Ci-C6)-alkoxy, and R is -O-C(0)-NH-R3°, especially compounds wherein Ra is -OH, Rb is H and R30 is 2-fluorophenyl; (3) R, Ra and R are independently -OH or -O-C(0)-R30 and R30 is (Cι-C6)alkyl, T , or T substituted by one or two halogeno or (Cι-C6)alkyl groups, especially compounds wherein R is -OH and Ra and Rb are -O-C(0)-R30 wherein R30 is 2-furyl; and (4) R,
Ra and Rb are independently -OH or halogeno. Three additional classes of preferred are compounds are those wherein the C^' anomeric oxy is beta, wherein the C2' anomeric oxy is beta, and wherein the R group is alpha. R1 is preferably selected from:
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000060_0002
Figure imgf000060_0003
Figure imgf000060_0004
wherein Ac is acetyl and Ph is phenyl.
An example of a useful compound of this invention is one represented by the formula X:
Figure imgf000061_0001
X or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (X), or prodrugs of the compound of Formula (X) or of the salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (X), wherein R1 is defined as above.
A more preferred compound is one represented by formula XI:
Figure imgf000061_0002
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (XI), or prodrugs of the compound of Formula (XI) or of the salts or solvates of the compound of Formula (XI).
In another embodiment, compositions, pharmaceutical compositions, therapeutic combinations, kits and methods of treatment as described above are provided which comprise: (a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) a second amount of at least one substituted azetidinone compound or at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, or prodrugs of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or the at least one substituted β-lactam compound, wherein the first amount and the second amount together in their totality (whether administered concurrently or consecutively) comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal. Suitable substituted azetidinone compounds or substituted β-lactam compounds can be selected from any of the compounds discussed above in Formulae l-XI. Other useful substituted azetidinone compounds include N-sulfonyl-2- azetidinones such as are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,983,597 and ethyl 4-(2- oxoazetidin-4-yl)phenoxy-alkanoates such as are disclosed in Ram et al., Indian J. Chem. Sect. B. 29B, 12 (1990), p. 1134-7, which are incorporated by reference herein.
The compounds of Formulae l-XI can be prepared by known methods, including the methods discussed above and, for example, WO 93/02048 describes the preparation of compounds wherein -R^-Q- is alkylene, alkenylene or alkylene interrupted by a hetero atom, phenylene or cycloalkylene; WO 94/17038 describes the preparation of compounds wherein Q is a spirocyclic group; WO 95/08532 describes the preparation of compounds wherein -R'l-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene group; PCT/US95/03196 describes compounds wherein -R^-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene attached to the Ar1 moiety through an -O- or S(O)rj-2- group; and U.S. Serial No. 08/463,619, filed June 5, 1995, describes the preparation of compounds wherein -R^-Q- is a hydroxy-substituted alkylene group attached the azetidinone ring by a -S(O)o-2- group.
The daily dose of the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) preferably ranges from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg per day, and more preferably about 0.25 to about 50 mg/day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses. The exact dose, however, is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
For administration of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the above compounds, the weights indicated above refer to the weight of the acid equivalent or the base equivalent of the therapeutic compound derived from the salt. In one embodiment, the compositions or therapeutic combinations can further comprise one or more pharmacological or therapeutic agents or drugs such as cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors and/or lipid-lowering agents discussed below. In another embodiment, the composition or treatment can further comprise one or more cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Non-limiting examples of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors for use in the compositions, therapeutic combinations and methods of the present invention include competitive inhibitors of HMG CoA reductase, the rate-limiting step in cholesterol biosynthesis, squalene synthase inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable HMG CoA reductase inhibitors include statins such as lovastatin (for example MEVACOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), pravastatin (for example PRAVACHOL® which is available from Bristol Meyers Squibb), fluvastatin, simvastatin (for example ZOCOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), atorvastatin, cerivastatin, CI-981 , and pitavastatin (such as NK- 104 of Negma Kowa of Japan); HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, for example L- 659,699 ((E,E)-1 ^^^-(hydroxy-methylH'-oxo^'R-oxetanylj-S.δ R-trimethyl^^- undecadienoic acid); squalene synthesis inhibitors, for example squalestatin 1 ; and squalene epoxidase inhibitors, for example, NB-598 ((E)-N-ethyl-N-(6,6-dimethyl-2- hepten-4-ynyl)-3-[(3,3'-bithiophen-5-yl)methoxy]benzene-methanamine hydrochloride) and other sterol biosynthesis inhibitors such as DMP-565. Preferred HMG CoA reductase inhibitors include lovastatin, pravastatin and simvastatin. The most preferred HMG CoA reductase inhibitor is simvastatin.
Generally, a total daily dosage of cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 160 mg per day, and preferably about 0.2 to about 80 mg/day in single or 2-3 divided doses. In another preferred embodiment, the composition or treatment comprises the compound of Formula (II) in combination with one or more of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof and one or more cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitors. In this embodiment, preferably the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof is selected from nicotinic acid or acipimox. Preferably the cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor comprises one or more HMG CoA reductase inhibitors, such as, for example, lovastatin, pravastatin and/or simvastatin. More preferably, the composition or treatment comprises the compound of Formula (II) in combination with simvastatin and nicotinic acid or acipimox. Also useful with the present invention are compositions or therapeutic combinations that can further comprise at least one (one or more) activators for peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPAR). The activators act as agonists for the peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors. Three subtypes of PPAR have been identified, and these are designated as peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor alpha (PPARα), peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma (PPARy) and peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor delta (PPARδ). It should be noted that PPARδ is also referred to in the literature as PPARβ and as NUC1, and each of these names refers to the same receptor. PPARα regulates the metabolism of lipids. PPARα is activated by fibrates and a number of medium and long-chain fatty acids, and it is involved in stimulating β- oxidation of fatty acids. The PPARy receptor subtypes are involved in activating the program of adipocyte differentiation and are not involved in stimulating peroxisome proliferation in the liver. PPARδ has been identified as being useful in increasing high density lipoprotein (HDL) levels in humans. See, e.g., WO 97/28149.
PPARα activator compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglycerides, moderately lowering LDL levels and increasing HDL levels. Useful examples of PPARα activators include fibrates.
Non-limiting examples of suitable fibric acid derivatives ("fibrates") include clofibrate (such as ethyl 2-(p-chlorophenoxy)-2-methyl-propionate, for example ATROMID-S® Capsules which are commercially available from Wyeth-Ayerst); gemfibrozil (such as 5-(2,5-dimethylphenoxy)-2,2-dimethylpentanoic acid, for example LOPID® tablets which are commercially available from Parke Davis); ciprofibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 52214-84-3, see U.S. Patent No. 3,948,973 which is incorporated herein by reference); bezafibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 41859-67-0, see U.S. Patent No. 3,781 ,328 which is incorporated herein by reference); clinofibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 30299-08-2, see U.S. Patent No. 3,716,583 which is incorporated herein by reference); binifibrate (C.A.S. Registry No. 69047-39-8, see BE 884722 which is incorporated herein by reference); lifibrol (C.A.S. Registry No. 96609-16-4); fenofibrate (such as TRICOR® micronized fenofibrate (2-[4-(4-chlorobenzoyl) phenoxy]-2-methyl-propanoic acid, 1 -methylethyl ester) which is commercially available from Abbott Laboratories or LIPANTHYL® micronized fenofibrate which is commercially available from Labortoire Founier, France) and mixtures thereof. These compounds can be used in a variety of forms, including but not limited to acid form, salt form, racemates, enantiomers, zwitterions and tautomers.
Other examples of PPARα activators useful with the practice of the present invention include suitable fluorophenyl compounds as disclosed in U.S. No. 6,028,109 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain substituted phenylpropionic compounds as disclosed in WO 00/75103 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPARα activator compounds as disclosed in WO 98/43081 which is incorporated herein by reference.
Non-limiting examples of suitable PPARy activators include derivatives of glitazones or thiazolidinediones, such as, troglitazone (such as REZULIN® troglitazone (-5-[[4-[3,4-dihydro-6-hydroxy-2,5,7,8-tetramethyl-2H-1-benzopyran-2- yl)methoxy]phenyl] methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione) commercially available from Parke- Davis); rosiglitazone (such as AVANDIA® rosiglitazone maleate (-5-[[4-[2-(methyl-2- pyridinylamino)ethoxy] phenyl] methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione, (Z) -2-butenedioate) (1 :1) commercially available from SmithKline Beecham) and pioglitazone (such as ACTOS™ pioglitazone hydrochloride (5-[[4-[2-(5-ethyl-2- pyridinyl)ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-] thiazolidinedione monohydrochloride) commercially available from Takeda Pharmaceuticals). Other useful thiazolidinediones include ciglitazone, englitazone, darglitazone and BRL 49653 as disclosed in WO 98/05331 which is incorporated herein by reference; PPARy activator compounds disclosed in WO 00/76488 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPARy activator compounds disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,994,554 which is incorporated herein by reference.
Other useful PPARy activator compounds include certain acetylphenols as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,859,051 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain quinoline phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 99/20275 which is incorporated herein by reference; aryl compounds as disclosed by WO 99/38845 which is incorporated herein by reference; certain 1 ,4-disubstituted phenyl compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63161 ; certain aryl compounds as disclosed in WO 01/00579 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzoic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 01/12612 and WO 01/12187 which are incorporated herein by reference; and substituted 4-hydroxy-phenylalconic acid compounds as disclosed in WO 97/31907 which is incorporated herein by reference. PPARδ compounds are useful for, among other things, lowering triglyceride levels or raising HDL levels. Non-limiting examples of PPARδ activators include suitable thiazole and oxazole derivates, such as C.A.S. Registry No. 317318-32-4, as disclosed in WO 01/00603 which is incorporated herein by reference); certain fluoro, chloro or thio phenoxy phenylacetic acids as disclosed in WO 97/28149 which is incorporated herein by reference; suitable non-β-oxidizable fatty acid analogues as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,093,365 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPARδ compounds as disclosed in WO 99/04815 which is incorporated herein by reference. Moreover, compounds that have multiple functionality for activating various combinations of PPARα, PPARy and PPARδ are also useful with the practice of the present invention. Non-limiting examples include certain substituted aryl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,248,781; WO 00/23416; WO 00/23415; WO 00/23425; WO 00/23445; WO 00/23451 ; and WO 00/63153, all of which are incorporated herein by reference, are described as being useful PPARα and/or
PPARy activator compounds. Other non-limiting examples of useful PPARα and/or PPARy activator compounds include activator compounds as disclosed in WO 97/25042 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63190 which is incorporated herein by reference; activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21181 which is incorporated herein by reference; biaryl-oxa(thia)zole compounds as disclosed in WO 01/16120 which is incorporated herein by reference; compounds as disclosed in WO 00/63196 and WO 00/63209 which are incorporated herein by reference; substituted 5-aryl-2,4-thiazolidinediones compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,008,237 which is incorporated herein by reference; arylthiazolidinedione and aryloxazolidinedione compounds as disclosed in WO 00/78312 and WO 00/78313G which are incorporated herein by reference; GW2331 or (2-(4-[difluorophenyl]-1 heptylureido)ethyl]phenoxy)-2-methylbutyric compounds as disclosed in WO 98/05331 which is incorporated herein by reference; aryl compounds as disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,166,049 which is incorporated herein by reference; oxazole compounds as disclosed in WO 01/17994 which is incorporated herein by reference; and dithiolane compounds as disclosed in WO 01/25225 and WO 01/25226 which are incorporated herein by reference.
Other useful PPAR activator compounds include substituted benzylthiazolidine- 2,4-dione compounds as disclosed in WO 01/14349, WO 01/14350 and WO/01/04351 which are incorporated herein by reference; mercaptocarboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 00/50392 which is incorporated herein by reference; ascofuranone compounds as disclosed in WO 00/53563 which is incorporated herein by reference; carboxylic compounds as disclosed in WO 99/46232 which is incorporated herein by reference; compounds as disclosed in WO 99/12534 which is incorporated herein by reference; benzene compounds as disclosed in WO 99/15520 which is incorporated herein by reference; o-anisamide compounds as disclosed in WO 01/21578 which is incorporated herein by reference; and PPAR activator compounds as disclosed in WO 01/40192 which is incorporated herein by reference. The peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor(s) activator(s) are administered in a therapeutically effective amount to treat the specified condition, for example in a daily dose preferably ranging from about 50 to about 3000 mg per day, and more preferably about 50 to about 2000 mg per day, given in a single dose or 2-4 divided doses. The exact dose, however, is determined by the attending clinician and is dependent on such factors as the potency of the compound administered, the age, weight, condition and response of the patient.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more bile acid sequestrants (insoluble anion exchange resins), coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivative(s) thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
Bile acid sequestrants bind bile acids in the intestine, interrupting the enterohepatic circulation of bile acids and causing an increase in the faecal excretion of steroids. Use of bile acid sequestrants is desirable because of their non-systemic mode of action. Bile acid sequestrants can lower intrahepatic cholesterol and promote the synthesis of apo B/E (LDL) receptors which bind LDL from plasma to further reduce cholesterol levels in the blood.
Non-limiting examples of suitable bile acid sequestrants include cholestyramine (a styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer containing quaternary ammonium cationic groups capable of binding bile acids, such as QUESTRAN® or QUESTRAN LIGHT® which are available from Bristol-Myers Squibb), colestipol (a copolymer of diethylenetriamine and 1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane, such as COLESTID® tablets which are available from Pharmacia), colesevelam hydrochloride (such as WelChol® Tablets (poly(allylamine hydrochloride) cross-linked with epichlorohydrin and alkylated with 1-bromodecane and (6-bromohexyl)-trimethylammonium bromide) which are available from Sankyo), water soluble derivatives such as 3,3-ioene, N-(cycloalkyl) alkylamines and poliglusam, insoluble quatemized polystyrenes, saponins and mixtures thereof. Other useful bile acid sequestrants are disclosed in PCT Patent Applications Nos. WO 97/11345 and WO 98/57652, and U.S. Patents Nos. 3,692,895 and 5,703,188 which are incorporated herein by reference. Suitable inorganic cholesterol sequestrants include bismuth salicylate plus montmorillonite clay, aluminum hydroxide and calcium carbonate antacids.
Generally, a total daily dosage of bile acid sequestrant(s) can range from about 1 to about 50 grams per day, and preferably about 2 to about 16 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In an alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more ileal bile acid transport ("I BAT") inhibitors (or apical sodium co-dependent bile acid transport ("ASBT") inhibitors) coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. The 1BAT inhibitors can inhibit bile acid transport to reduce LDL cholesterol levels. Non-limiting examples of suitable IBAT inhibitors include benzothiepines such as therapeutic compounds comprising a 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1-benzothiepine 1 ,1-dioxide structure such as are disclosed in PCT Patent Application WO 00/38727 which is incorporated herein by reference.
Generally, a total daily dosage of IBAT inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.1 to about 50 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more AcylCoA:Cholesterol O- acyltransferase ("ACAT") Inhibitors, which can reduce LDL and HDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. ACAT is an enzyme responsible for esterifying excess intracellular cholesterol and may reduce the synthesis of VLDL, which is a product of cholesterol esterification, and overproduction of apo B-100- containing lipoproteins.
Non-limiting examples of useful ACAT inhibitors include avasimibe ([[2,4,6- tris(1-methylethyl)phenyl]acetyl]sulfamic acid, 2,6-bis(1-methylethyl)phenyl ester, formerly known as CM 011), HL-004, lecimibide (DuP-128) and CL-277082 (Λ/-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-Λ/-[[4-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)phenyl]methyl]-Λ/-heptylurea). See P. Chang et al., "Current, New and Future Treatments in Dyslipidaemia and Atherosclerosis", Drugs 2000 Jul;60(1 ); 55-93, which is incorporated by reference herein.
Generally, a total daily dosage of ACAT inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise one or more Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein ("CETP") Inhibitors coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. CETP is responsible for the exchange or transfer of cholesteryl ester carrying HDL and triglycerides in VLDL.
Non-limiting examples of suitable CETP inhibitors are disclosed in PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38721 and U.S. Patent No. 6,147,090, which are incorporated herein by reference. Pancreatic cholesteryl ester hydrolase (pCEH) inhibitors such as WAY-121898 also can be coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
Generally, a total daily dosage of CETP inhibitor(s) can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day, and preferably about 0.5 to about 20 mg/kg body weight/day in single or divided doses. In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise probucol or derivatives thereof (such as AGI- 1067 and other derivatives disclosed in U.S. Patents Nos. 6,121 ,319 and 6,147,250), which can reduce LDL and HDL levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above.
Generally, a total daily dosage of probucol or derivatives thereof can range from about 10 to about 2000 mg/day, and preferably about 500 to about 1500 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise low-density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor activators, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Non-limiting examples of suitable LDL-receptor activators include HOE-402, an imidazolidinyl-pyrimidine derivative that directly stimulates LDL receptor activity. See M. Huettinger et al., "Hypolipidemic activity of HOE-402 is Mediated by Stimulation of the LDL Receptor Pathway", Arterioscler. Thromb. 1993; 13:1005-12.
Generally, a total daily dosage of LDL receptor activator(s) can range from about 1 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses. In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise fish oil, which contains Omega 3 fatty acids (3- PUFA), which can reduce VLDL and triglyceride levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of fish oil or Omega 3 fatty acids can range from about 1 to about 30 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise natural water soluble fibers, such as psyllium, guar, oat and pectin, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of natural water soluble fibers can range from about 0.1 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise plant sterols, plant stands and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, such as sitostanol ester used in BENECOL® margarine, which can reduce cholesterol levels, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of plant sterols, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols can range from about 0.5 to about 20 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses.
In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise antioxidants, such as probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, β-carotene and selenium, or vitamins such as vitamin B6 or vitamin B-|2, coadministered with or in combination with the of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of antioxidants or vitamins can range from about 0.05 to about 10 grams per day in single or 2-4 divided doses. In another alternative embodiment, the compositions or treatments of the present invention can further comprise monocyte and macrophage inhibitors such as polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA), thyroid hormones including throxine analogues such as CGS-26214 (a thyroxine compound with a fluorinated ring), gene therapy and use of recombinant proteins such as recombinant apo E, coadministered with or in combination with the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) discussed above. Generally, a total daily dosage of these agents can range from about 0.01 to about 1000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses. Also useful with the present invention are compositions or therapeutic combinations which further comprise hormone replacement agents and compositions. Useful hormone agents and compositions for hormone replacement therapy of the present invention include androgens, estrogens, progestins, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and derivatives thereof. Combinations of these agents and compositions are also useful. The dosage of androgen and estrogen combinations vary, desirably from about
1 mg to about 4 mg androgen and from about 1 mg to about 3 mg estrogen. Examples include, but are not limited to, androgen and estrogen combinations such as the combination of esterified estrogens (sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate) and methyltestosterone (17-hydroxy-17-methyl-, (17B)- androst-4-en-3-one) available from Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Marietta, GA, under the tradename Estratest.
Estrogens and estrogen combinations may vary in dosage from about 0.01 mg up to 8 mg, desirably from about 0.3 mg to about 3.0 mg. Examples of useful estrogens and estrogen combinations include: (a) the blend of nine (9) synthetic estrogenic substances including sodium estrone sulfate, sodium equilin sulfate, sodium 17 α -dihydroequilin sulfate, sodium 17 α -estradiol sulfate, sodium 17 β -dihydroequilin sulfate, sodium 17 α -dihydroequilenin sulfate, sodium 17 β -dihydroequilenin sulfate, sodium equilenin sulfate and sodium 17 β -estradiol sulfate; available from Duramed Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cincinnati, OH, under the tradename Cenestin;
(b) ethinyl estradiol (19-nor-17 α -pregna-1 ,3,5(10)-trien-20-yne-3,17-diol; available by Schering Plough Corporation, Kenilworth, NJ, under the tradename Estinyl; (c) esterified estrogen combinations such as sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate; available from Solvay under the tradename Estratab and from Monarch Pharmaceuticals, Bristol, TN, under the tradename Menest;
(d) estropipate (piperazine estra-1 ,3,5(10)-trien-17-one, 3-(sulfooxy)- estrone sulfate); available from Pharmacia & Upjohn, Peapack, NJ, under the tradename Ogen and from Women First Health Care, Inc., San Diego, CA, under the tradename Ortho-Est; and
(e) conjugated estrogens (17 α-dihydroequilin, 17 α-estradiol, and 17 β- dihydroequilin); available from Wyeth-Ayerst Pharmaceuticals, Philadelphia, PA, under the tradename Premarin.
Progestins and estrogens may also be administered with a variety of dosages, generally from about 0.05 to about 2.0 mg progestin and about 0.001 mg to about 2 mg estrogen, desirably from about 0.1 mg to about 1 mg progestin and about 0.01 mg to about 0.5 mg estrogen. Examples of progestin and estrogen combinations that may vary in dosage and regimen include:
(a) the combination of estradiol (estra-1 , 3, 5 (10)-triene-3, 17 β-diol hemihydrate) and norethindrone (17 β-acetoxy-19-nor-17 α-pregn-4-en-20-yn-3-one); which is available from Pharmacia & Upjohn, Peapack, NJ, under the tradename Activella; (b) the combination of levonorgestrel (d(-)-13 β-ethyl-17 α-ethinyl-17 β- hydroxygon- 4-en-3-one) and ethinyl estradial; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Alesse, from Watson Laboratories, Inc., Corona, CA, under the tradenames Levora and Trivora, Monarch Pharmaceuticals, under the tradename Nordette, and from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Triphasil; (c) the combination of ethynodiol diacetate (19-nor-17 α-pregn-4-en-20-yne-
3 β, 17-diol diacetate) and ethinyl estradiol; available from G.D. Searle & Co., Chicago, IL, under the tradename Demulen and from Watson under the tradename Zovia;
(d) the combination of desogestrel (13-ethyl-11- methylene-18,19-dinor-17 α-pregn- 4-en- 20-yn-17-ol) and ethinyl estradiol; available from Organon under the tradenames Desogen and Mircette, and from Ortho-McNeil Pharmaceutical, Raritan, NJ, under the tradename Ortho-Cept;
(e) the combination of norethindrone and ethinyl estradiol; available from Parke-Davis, Morris Plains, NJ, under the tradenames Estrostep and femhrt, from Watson under the tradenames Microgestin, Necon, and Tri-Norinyl, from Ortho-McNeil under the tradenames Modicon and Ortho-Novum, and from Warner Chilcott Laboratories, Rockaway, NJ, under the tradename Ovcon;
(f) the combination of norgestrel ( (+)-13-ethyl-17-hydroxy-18, 19-dinor-17 α-preg-4-en-20-yn-3-one) and ethinyl estradiol; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradenames Ovral and Lo/Ovral, and from Watson under the tradenames Ogestrel and Low-Ogestrel;
(g) the combination of norethindrone, ethinyl estradiol, and mestranol (3- methoxy-19-nor-17 α-pregna-1 ,3,5(10)-trien-20-yn-17-ol); available from Watson under the tradenames Brevicon and Norinyl;
(h) the combination of 17 β-estradiol (estra-1 ,3,5(10)-triene-3, 17 β-diol) and micronized norgestimate (17 α-17-(Acetyloxyl)-13-ethyl- 8,19-dinorpregn-4-en-20-yn- 3-one3-oxime); available from Ortho-McNeil under the tradename Ortho-Prefest; (i) the combination of norgestimate (18,19-dinor-17-pregn-4-en-20-yn-3- one, 17~(acetyloxy)-13-ethyl-,oxime, (17(α)-(+)-) and ethinyl estradiol; available from Ortho-McNeil under the tradenames Ortho Cyclen and Ortho Tri-Cyclen; and
(j) the combination of conjugated estrogens (sodium estrone sulfate and sodium equilin sulfate) and medroxyprogesterone acetate (20-dione, 17-(acetyloxy)-6- methyl-, (6(α))- pregn-4-ene-3); available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradenames Premphase and Prempro.
In general, a dosage of progestins may vary from about .05 mg to about 10 mg or up to about 200 mg if microsized progesterone is administered. Examples of progestins include norethindrone; available from ESI Lederle, Inc., Philadelphia, PA, under the tradename Aygestin, from Ortho-McNeil under the tradename Micronor, and from Watson under the tradename Nor-QD; norgestrel; available from Wyeth-Ayerst under the tradename Ovrette; micronized progesterone (pregn-4-ene-3, 20-dione); available from Solvay under the tradename Prometrium; and medroxyprogesterone acetate; available from Pharmacia & Upjohn under the tradename Provera. The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more obesity control medications. Useful obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient- partitioning agents. Suitable obesity control medications include, but are not limited to, noradrenergic agents (such as diethylpropion, mazindol, phenylpropanolamine, phentermine, phendimetrazine, phendamine tartrate, methamphetamine, phendimetrazine and tartrate); serotonergic agents (such as sibutramine, fenfluramine, dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine and paroxtine); thermogenic agents (such as ephedrine, caffeine, theophylline, and selective β3-adrenergic agonists); alpha-blocking agents; kainite or AMPA receptor antagonists; leptin-lipolysis stimulated receptors; phosphodiesterase enzyme inhibitors; compounds having nucleotide sequences of the mahogany gene; fibroblast growth factor-10 polypeptides; monoamine oxidase inhibitors (such as befloxatone, moclobemide, brofaromine, phenoxathine, esuprone, befol, toloxatone, pirlindol, amiflamine, sercloremine, bazinaprine, lazabemide, milacemide and caroxazone); compounds for increasing lipid metabolism (such as evodiamine compounds); and lipase inhibitors (such as orlistat). Generally, a total dosage of the above-described obesity control medications can range from 1 to 3,000 mg/day, desirably from about 1 to 1 ,000 mg/day and more desirably from about 1 to 200 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses. The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more blood modifiers which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted β-lactam compounds (such as compounds l-XI above) and the bile acid sequestrants discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or bile acid sequestrants discussed above. Useful blood modifiers include but are not limited to anti-coagulants (argatroban, bivalirudin, dalteparin sodium, desirudin, dicumarol, lyapolate sodium, nafamostat mesylate, phenprocoumon, tinzaparin sodium, warfarin sodium); antithrombotic (anagrelide hydrochloride, bivalirudin, cilostazol, dalteparin sodium, danaparoid sodium, dazoxiben hydrochloride, efegatran sulfate, enoxaparin sodium, fluretofen, ifetroban, ifetroban sodium, lamifiban, lotrafiban hydrochloride, napsagatran, orbofiban acetate, roxifiban acetate, sibrafiban, tinzaparin sodium, trifenagrel, abciximab, zolimomab aritox); fibrinogen receptor antagonists (roxifiban acetate, fradafiban, orbofiban, lotrafiban hydrochloride, tirofiban, xemilofiban, monoclonal antibody 7E3, sibrafiban); platelet inhibitors (cilostazol, clopidogrel bisulfate, epoprostenol, epoprostenol sodium, ticlopidine hydrochloride, aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, sulindae, idomethacin, mefenamate, droxicam, diclofenac, sulfinpyrazone, piroxicam, dipyridamole); platelet aggregation inhibitors (acadesine, beraprost, beraprost sodium, ciprostene calcium, itazigrel, lifarizine, lotrafiban hydrochloride, orbofiban acetate, oxagrelate, fradafiban, orbofiban, tirofiban, xemilofiban); hemorrheologic agents (pentoxifylline); lipoprotein associated coagulation inhibitors; Factor Vila inhibitors (4H-31-benzoxazin-4-ones, 4H-3,1-benzoxazin-4-thiones, quinazolin-4-ones, quinazolin-4-thiones, benzothiazin-4- ones, imidazolyl-boronic acid-derived peptide analogues TFPI-derived peptides, naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid {1 -[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-(S)- yl} amide trifluoroacetate, dibenzofuran-2-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminomethyl)-benzyl]-5- oxo-pyrrolidin-3-yl}-amide, tolulene-4-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]- 2-oxo-pyrrolidin-3-(S)-yl}-amide trifluoroacetate, 3,4-dihydro-1 H-isoquinoline-2-sulfonic acid {1-[3-(aminoiminomethyl)-benzyl]-2-oxo-pyrrolin-3-(S)-yl}-amide trifluoroacetate); Factor Xa inhibitors (disubstituted pyrazolines, disubstituted triazolines, substituted n- [(aminoiminomethyl)phenyl] propylamides, substituted n-[(aminomethyl)phenyl] propylamides, tissue factor pathway inhibitor (TFPI), low molecular weight heparins, heparinoids, benzimidazolines, benzoxazolinones, benzopiperazinones, indanones, dibasic (amidinoaryl) propanoic acid derivatives, amidinophenyl-pyrrolidines, amidinophenyl-pyrrolines, amidinophenyl-isoxazolidines, amidinoindoles, amidinoazoles, bis-arlysulfonylaminobenzamide derivatives, peptidic Factor Xa inhibitors).
The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more cardiovascular agents which are chemically different from the substituted azetidinone and substituted β-lactam compounds (such as compounds l-XI above) and the bile acid sequestrants discussed above, for example, they contain one or more different atoms, have a different arrangement of atoms or a different number of one or more atoms than the sterol absorption inhibitor(s) or bile acid sequestrants discussed above. Useful cardiovascular agents include but are not limited to calcium channel blockers (clentiazem maleate, amlodipine besylate, isradipine, nimodipine, felodipine, nilvadipine, nifedipine, teludipine hydrochloride, diltiazem hydrochloride, belfosdil, verapamil hydrochloride, fostedil); adrenergic blockers (fenspiride hydrochloride, labetalol hydrochloride, proroxan, alfuzosin hydrochloride, acebutolol, acebutolol hydrochloride, alprenolol hydrochloride, atenolol, bunolol hydrochloride, carteolol hydrochloride, celiprolol hydrochloride, cetamolol hydrochloride, cicloprolol hydrochloride, dexpropranolol hydrochloride, diacetolol hydrochloride, dilevalol hydrochloride, esmolol hydrochloride, exaprolol hydrochloride, flestolol sulfate, labetalol hydrochloride, levobetaxolol hydrochloride, levobunolol hydrochloride, metalol hydrochloride, metoprolol, metoprolol tartrate, nadolol, pamatolol sulfate, penbutolol sulfate, practolol, propranolol hydrochloride, sotalol hydrochloride, timolol, timolol maleate, tiprenolol hydrochloride, tolamolol, bisoprolol, bisoprolol fumarate, nebivolol); adrenergic stimulants; angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (benazepril hydrochloride, benazeprilat, captopril, delapril hydrochloride, fosinopril sodium, libenzapril, moexipril hydrochloride, pentopril, perindopril, quinapril hydrochloride, quinaprilat, ramipril, spirapril hydrochloride, spiraprilat, teprotide, enalapril maleate, lisinopril, zofenopril calcium, perindopril erbumine); antihypertensive agents (althiazide, benzthiazide, captopril, carvedild, chlorothiazide sodium, clonidine hydrochloride, cyclothiazide, delapril hydrochloride, dilevalol hydrochloride, doxazosin mesylate, fosinopril sodium, guanfacine hydrochloride, methyldopa, metoprolol succinate, moexipril hydrochloride, monatepil maleate, pelanserin hydrochloride, phenoxybenzamine hydrochloride, prazosin hydrochloride, primidolol, quinapril hydrochloride, quinaprilat, ramipril, terazosin hydrochloride, candesartan, candesartan cilexetil, telmisartan, amlodipine besylate, amlodipine maleate, bevantolol hydrochloride); angiotensin II receptor antagonists (candesartan, irbesartan, losartan potassium, candesartan cilexetil, telmisartan); anti-anginal agents (amlodipine besylate, amlodipine maleate, betaxolol hydrochloride, bevantolol hydrochloride, butoprozine hydrochloride, carvedilol, cinepazet maleate, metoprolol succinate, molsidomine, monatepil maleate, primidolol, ranolazine hydrochoride, tosifen, verapamil hydrochloride); coronary vasodilators (fostedil, azaclorzine hydrochloride, chromonar hydrochloride, clonitrate, diltiazem hydrochloride, dipyridamole, droprenilamine, erythrityl tetranitrate, isosorbide dinitrate, isosorbide mononitrate, lidoflazine, mioflazine hydrochloride, mixidine, molsidomine, nicorandil, nifedipine, nisoldipine, nitroglycerine, oxprenolol hydrochloride, pentrinitrol, perhexiline maleate, prenylamine, propatyl nitrate, terodiline hydrochloride, tolamolol, verapamil); diuretics (the combination product of hydrochlorothiazide and spironolactone and the combination product of hydrochlorothiazide and triamterene). The compositions, therapeutic combinations or methods of the present invention can further comprise one or more antidiabetic medications for reducing blood glucose levels in a human. Useful antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, drugs that reduce energy intake or suppress appetite, drugs that increase energy expenditure and nutrient-partitioning agents. Suitable antidiabetic medications include, but are not limited to, sulfonylurea (such as acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, gliamilide, gliclazide, glimepiride, glipizide, glyburide, glibenclamide, tolazamide, and tolbutamide), meglitinide (such as repaglinide and nategϋnide), biguanide (such as metformin and buformin), alpha-glucosidase inhibitor (such as acarbose, miglitol, camiglibose, and voglibose), certain peptides (such as amlintide, pramlintide, exendin, and GLP-1 agonistic peptides), and orally administrable insulin or insulin composition for intestinal delivery thereof. Generally, a total dosage of the above-described antidiabetic medications can range from 0.1 to 1 ,000 mg/day in single or 2-4 divided doses. Mixtures of any of the pharmacological or therapeutic agents described above can be used in the compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention.
The compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can be administered to a mammal in need of such treatment in a therapeutically effective amount to treat vascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, hyperlipidaemia (including but not limited to hypercholesterolaemia, hypertriglyceridaemia, sitosterolemia), stroke, diabetes, obesity, and/or reduce the level of sterol(s) in the plasma. The compositions and treatments can be administered by any suitable means which produce contact of these compounds with the site of action in the body, for example in the plasma, liver or ileum of a mammal or human.
The daily dosage for the various compositions and therapeutic combinations described above can be administered to a patient in a single dose or in multiple subdoses, as desired. Subdoses can be administered 2 to 6 times per day, for example. Sustained release dosages can be used. Where the nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) are administered in separate dosages, the number of doses of each component given per day may not necessarily be the same, e.g., one component may have a greater duration of activity and will therefore need to be administered less frequently.
Since the present invention relates to reducing the plasma sterol (especially cholesterol) concentrations or levels by treatment with a combination of active ingredients wherein the active ingredients may be administered separately, the invention also relates to combining separate pharmaceutical compositions in kit form. That is, a kit is contemplated wherein two separate units are combined: a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one of nicotinic acid or a derivative thereof and a separate pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one sterol absorption inhibitor as described above. The kit will preferably include directions for the administration of the separate components. The kit form is particularly advantageous when the separate components must be administered in different dosage forms (e.g., oral and parenteral) or are administered at different dosage intervals.
The pharmaceutical treatment compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can further comprise one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, one or more excipients and/or one or more additives. Non-limiting examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include solids and/or liquids such as ethanol, glycerol, water and the like. The amount of carrier in the treatment composition can range from about 5 to about 99 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination. Non-limiting examples of suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and additives include non-toxic compatible fillers, binders such as starch, disinteg rants, buffers, preservatives, anti-oxidants, lubricants, flavorings, thickeners, coloring agents, emulsifiers and the like. The amount of excipient or additive can range from about 0.1 to about 90 weight percent of the total weight of the treatment composition or therapeutic combination. One skilled in the art would understand that the amount of carrier(s), excipients and additives (if present) can vary.
The treatment compositions of the present invention can be administered in any conventional dosage form, preferably an oral dosage form such as a capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension or solution. The formulations and pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using conventional pharmaceutically acceptable and conventional techniques. Several examples of preparation of dosage formulations are provided below.
The following formulations exemplify some of the dosage forms of this invention. In each formulation, the term "Active Compound I" designates a substituted azetidinone compound, β-lactam compound or any of the compounds of Formulas I- Vlll described herein above and the term "Active Compound II" designates nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof described herein above. EXAMPLE
Tablets
.Jo, Inαredient mq/tablet
1 Active Compound I 10
2 Lactose monohydrate NF 55
3 Microcrystalline cellulose 20
4 Povidone (K29-32) USP 4
5 Croscarmellose sodium NF 8
6 Sodium lauryl sulfate 2
7 Magnesium stearate NF 1
Total 100
In the present invention, the above-described tablet can be coadministered with a tablet, capsule, etc. comprising a dosage of Active Compound II, for example a NIASPAN® niacin extended-release tablet as described above.
Method of Manufacture Mix Item No. 4 with purified water in suitable mixer to form binder solution.
Spray the binder solution and then water over Items 1 , 2, 6 and a portion of Item 5 in a fluidized bed processor to granulate the ingredients. Continue fluidization to dry the damp granules. Screen the dried granules and blend with Item No. 3 and the remainder of Item 5. Add Item No. 7 and mix. Compress the mixture to appropriate size and weight on a suitable tablet machine.
For coadministration in separate tablets or capsules, representative formulations comprising a cholesterol absorption inhibitor such as are discussed above are well known in the art and representative formulations comprising a nicotinic acid derivative such as are discussed above are well known in the art. It is contemplated that where the two active ingredients are administered as a single composition, the dosage forms disclosed above for substituted azetidinone or β- lactam compounds may readily be modified using the knowledge of one skilled in the art. The treatment compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can inhibit the intestinal absorption of cholesterol in mammals, and can be useful in the treatment and/or prevention of vascular conditions, such as atherosclerosis, hypercholesterolemia and sitosterolemia, diabetes, obesity and lowering of plasma levels of cholesterol in mammals, in particular in mammals.. In another embodiment of the present invention, the compositions and therapeutic combinations of the present invention can inhibit sterol absorption or reduce plasma concentration of at least one sterol selected from the group consisting of phytosterols (such as sitosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol and avenosterol), 5α- stanols (such as cholestanol, 5α-campestanol, 5α-sitostanol), cholesterol and mixtures thereof. The plasma concentration can be reduced by administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of at least one treatment composition or therapeutic combination comprising at least one nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof and at least one sterol absorption inhibitor described above. The reduction in plasma concentration of sterols can range from about 1 to about 70 percent, and preferably about 10 to about 50 percent. Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in PCT WO 99/38498 at page 11 , incorporated by reference herein. Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H. Gylling et al., "Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population", J. Lipid Res. 40: 593-600 (1999), incorporated by reference herein.
Illustrating the invention are the following examples which, however, are not to be considered as limiting the invention to their details. Unless otherwise indicated, all parts and percentages in the following examples, as well as throughout the specification, are by weight.
EXAMPLE 1
Hypercholesterolemic Golden Syrian hamsters were used to evaluate the in vivo efficacy of a cholesterol absorption inhibitor compound of Formula (XII):
Figure imgf000081_0001
in combination with niacin. Compound XII can be prepared as shown in Example 9 of U.S. Patent No. 5,688,787, which is incorporated by reference herein. Hamsters were fed a cholesterol-containing diet for 7 days, which resulted in a
2-fold increase in plasma cholesterol and a 20-fold increase in hepatic cholesteryl esters. It was hypothesized that a compound which blocks dietary cholesterol absorption would reduce the accumulation of hepatic cholesteryl esters and inhibit the increase in plasma total cholesterol levels, while niacin should reduce plasma triglyceride levels.
Male Golden Syrian hamsters (Charles River Labs, Wilmington, MA) weighing between 100 and 125g were fed Wayne rodent chow until study onset. At study onset (Day 1) animals were separated into groups (n=4-6/group) and fed chow supplemented with 0.5% by weight of cholesterol (Research Diets Inc., New Brunswick, NJ). The Control and Test compounds were administered once daily for 7 days, starting on Day 1 via oral gavage in 0.2 ml corn oil. Corn oil was used as the Control. The Test compounds included the compound of Formula (XII) (3mg/kg of body weight/day), niacin (100mg/kg of body weight/day), or the compound of Formula (XII) combined with niacin as described in Table 1 below. On Day 7, blood was collected into tubes containing ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), and plasma was prepared by low speed centrifugation at 4°C. Liver samples (0.5g) were taken for neutral lipid analyses.
Nonfasted plasma cholesterol levels were determined by a modification of the cholesterol oxidase method, in which the reagents were available in a kit form from Wako Pure Chemicals Industries, Ltd. (Osaka, Japan). Ten μl of plasma was assayed for total cholesterol in 1 ml of 0.15 M tris buffer, pH 7.0 containing p-chlorophenol (0.1%), cholesterol oxidase (0.13 U/ml), cholesteryl ester hydrolase (0.13 U/ml), peroxidase (2.4 U/ml) and 4-aminoantipyrine (0.015%). Assays were carried out at 37°C for 10 min, along with cholesterol standards (Sigma Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO) and the resultant red quinone pigment's absorbance was determined spectrophotometrically at 505 nm. Plasma triglyceride levels were determined enzymatically by a modification of the lipase-glycerol phosphate oxidase method, obtained in a kit form from Sigma Chemical Co. Ten μl of plasma and glycerol standards were added to 1 ml of buffer, pH 7.0 containing ATP (0.3 mmol/1), Mg (3.0 mmol), 4-aminoantipyrine (0.15 mmol/1), Na N-ethyl-N-(3-sulfopropyl) n-anisidine (1.69 mmol/1), lipase (50,000 U/l), glycerol kinase (1000 U/l), glycerol phosphate oxidase (2000 U/l), and peroxidase (2000U/I), incubated at 37°C for 5 min., and the absorbance of the quinonemine dye was evaluated spectrophotometrically at 540 nm.
Samples of liver (0.5g) were lipid extracted. Lipid extracts were dried under nitrogen into HPLC sample vials, resuspended in hexane and injected onto a Zorbax Sil (4.6 x 25 cm) silica column. Chromatography was performed using an isocratic mobile phase containing 98.8% hexane and 1.2% isopropanol at a flow rate of 2 ml/min. Lipids were detected by absorbance at 206 nm and quantitated by computer integration (System Gold, Beckman) of elution profiles. Elution time for cholesteryl ester was 1.45 min. Cholesteryl ester content of liver-derived samples was derived from a standard curve constructed using known amounts of cholesteryl oleate. Cholesteryl oleate was used as the standard since this is the major cholesteryl ester species present in the liver and this specific cholesteryl ester has an extinction coefficient that approximates that of a weighted average for all the cholesteryl esters present in the liver.
Table 1
Figure imgf000082_0001
As shown in Table 1 , Compound XII reduced plasma cholesterol levels and the accumulation of hepatic cholesteryl esters in the cholesterol-fed hamsters. Niacin reduced plasma triglyceride levels, but did not significantly reduce the cholesterol levels. The combination of Compound XII and niacin resulted in reductions in plasma and hepatic cholesterol levels, as well as plasma triglycerides (Table 1). These results indicate that the combination of the cholesterol absorption inhibitor of Compound XII and niacin can have additive effects on treating hyperlipidemia in male Golden Syrian hamsters, by reducing both cholesterol and triglyceride levels.
EXAMPLE 2 PREPARATION OF COMPOUND OF FORMULA (II)
Step 1): To a solution of (S)-4-phenyl-2-oxazolidinone (41 g, 0.25 mol) in CH2CI2 (200 ml), was added 4-dimethylaminopyridine (2.5 g, 0.02 mol) and triethylamine (84.7 ml, 0.61 mol) and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C. Methyl- 4-(chloroformyl)butyrate (50 g, 0.3 mol) was added as a solution in CH2CI2 (375 ml) dropwise over 1 h, and the reaction was allowed to warm to 22°C. After 17 h, water and H2SO4 (2N, 100 ml), was added the layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed sequentially with NaOH (10%), NaCl (sat'd) and water. The organic layer was dried over MgSθ4 and concentrated to obtain a semicrystalline product.
Step 2): To a solution of T1CI4 (18.2 ml, 0.165 mol) in CH2CI2 (600 ml) at 0°C, was added titanium isopropoxide (16.5 ml, 0.055 mol). After 15 min, the product of Step 1 (49.0 g, 0.17 mol) was added as a solution in CH2CI2 (100 ml). After 5 min., diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (65.2 ml, 0.37 mol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to -20°C, and 4- benzyloxybenzylidine(4-fluoro)aniline (114.3 g, 0.37 mol) was added as a solid. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously for 4 h at -20°C, then acetic acid was added as a solution in CH2CI2 dropwise over 15 min, the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to 0°C, and H2SO4 (2N) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred an additional 1 h, the layers were separated, washed with water, separated and the organic layer was dried. The crude product was crystallized from ethanol/water to obtain the pure intermediate.
Step 3): To a solution of the product of Step 2 (8.9 g, 14.9 mmol) in toluene
(100 ml) at 50°C, was added N,0-bis(trimethylsilyl)acetamide (BSA) (7.50 ml, 30.3 mmol). After 0.5 h, solid TBAF (0.39 g, 1.5 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at 50°C for an additional 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 22°C, CH3OH (10 ml), was added. The reaction mixture was washed with HCl (1N), NaHC03 (1 N) and NaCl (sat'd.), and the organic layer was dried over MgSθ4. Step 4): To a solution of the product of Step 3 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) in CH3OH (3 ml), was added water (1 ml) and LiOH-H2θ (102 mg, 2.4 mmole). The reaction mixture was stirred at 22°C for 1 h and then additional LiOH-H2θ (54 mg, 1.3 mmole) was added. After a total of 2 h, HCl (1 N) and EtOAc was added, the layers were separated, the organic layer was dried and concentrated in vacuo. To a solution of the resultant product (0.91 g, 2.2 mmol) in CH2CI2 at 22°C, was added CICOCOCI (0.29 ml, 3.3 mmol) and the mixture stirred for 16 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo.
Step 5): To an efficiently stirred suspension of 4-fluorophenylzinc chloride (4.4 mmol) prepared from 4-fluorophenylmagnesium bromide (1 M in THF, 4.4 ml, 4.4 mmol) and ZnCl2 (0.6 g, 4.4 mmol) at 4°C, was added tetrakis(triphenyl- phosphine)palladium (0.25 g, 0.21 mmol) followed by the product of Step 4 (0.94 g, 2.2 mmol) as a solution in THF (2 ml). The reaction was stirred for 1 h at 0°C and then for 0.5 h at 22°C. HCl (1 N, 5 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated to an oil and purified by silica gel chromatography to obtain 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4(S)-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-3(R)-(3-oxo-3- phenylpropyl)-2-azetidinone:
HRMS calc'd for C24H19F2NO3 = 408.1429, found 408.1411.
Step 6): To the product of Step 5 (0.95 g, 1.91 mmol) in THF (3 ml), was added (R)-tetrahydro-l -methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1 H,3H-pyrrolo-[1 ,2-c][1 ,3,2] oxazaborole
(120 mg, 0.43 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to -20°C. After 5 min, borohydride- dimethylsulfide complex (2M in THF, 0.85 ml, 1.7 mmol) was added dropwise over 0.5 h. After a total of 1.5 h , CH3OH was added followed by HCl (1 N) and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc to obtain 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3(R)-[3(S)-(4- fluorophenyl)-3-hydroxypropyl)]-4(S)-[4-(phenylmethoxy)phenyl]-2-azetidinone
(compound 6A-1 ) as an oil. 1 H in CDCI3 d H3 = 4.68. J = 2.3 Hz. Cl (M+H) 500.
Use of (S)-tetra-hydro-1-methyl-3,3-diphenyl-1 H,3H-pyrrolo-[1 ,2-c][1 ,3,2] oxazaborole gives the corresponding 3(R)-hydroxypropyl azetidinone (compound 6B- 1 ). 1 H in CDCl3 d H3 = 4.69. J = 2.3 Hz. Cl (M+H) 500. To a solution of compound 6A-1 (0.4 g, 0.8 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml), was added
10% Pd/C (0.03 g) and the reaction mixture was stirred under a pressure (60 psi) of H2 gas for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to 25 obtain compound 6A. Mp 164-166°C; Cl (M+H) 410. HD ~ "28-1° (c 3' CH3OH) Elemental analysis calc'd for C24H21F2NO3: C 70.41 ; H 5.17; N 3.42; found C 70.25; H 5.19; N 3.54.
Similarly treat compound 6B-1 to obtain compound 6B. Mp 129.5-132.5°C; Cl (M+H) 410. Elemental analysis calc'd for C24H21 F2NO3: C 70.41 ; H 5.17; N 3.42; found C 70.30; H 5.14; N 3.52.
Step 6' (Alternative): To a solution of the product of Step 5 (0.14 g, 0.3 mmol) in ethanol (2 ml), was added 10% Pd/C (0.03 g) and the reaction was stirred under a pressure (60 psi) of H2 gas for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the solvent was concentrated to afford a 1 :1 mixture of compounds 6A and 6B.
It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that changes could be made to the embodiments described above without departing from the broad inventive concept thereof. It is understood, therefore, that this invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, but it is intended to cover modifications which are within the spirit and scope of the invention, as defined by the appended claims.

Claims

THEREFORE, WE CLAIM:
1. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (I):
Figure imgf000086_0001
(I)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (I) above:
1 2
Ar and Ar are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and
4
R -substituted aryl;
3 5
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-; fi
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR , - 0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9 and -0(CO)NR6R7;
1 3
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; q is 0 or 1 ; r is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1 , the sum of m, q and n is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5; 4
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5ORβ l -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R?, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9,
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000087_0002
-(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen;
5
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1_5OR6, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONRV, - COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -OtCH^o-COOR6,
Figure imgf000087_0003
-(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6; fi 7 ft
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
9
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
2. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof is selected from the group consisting of nicotinic acid, niceritrol, nicofuranose, acipimox and mixtures thereof.
3. The composition according to claim 2, wherein the at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof is nicotinic acid.
4. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof is administered to a mammal in an amount ranging from about 500 to about 10,000 milligrams of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof per day.
5. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the sterol absorption inhibitor is represented by Formula (II) below:
Figure imgf000088_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the compound of Formula (II) or of the salt or solvate thereof.
6. The composition according to claim 1 , wherein the at least one sterol absorption inhibitor is administered to a mammal in an amount ranging from about 0.1 to about 1000 milligrams of sterol absorption inhibitor per day.
7. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor.
8. The composition according to claim 7, wherein the at least one cholesterol biosynthesis inhibitor comprises at least one HMG CoA reductase inhibitor.
9. The composition according to claim 8, wherein the at least one HMG CoA reductase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of lovastatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin, simvastatin, atorvastatin, cerivastatin and mixtures thereof.
10. The composition according to claim 9, wherein the at least one HMG
CoA reductase inhibitor is simvastatin.
11. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one PPAR receptor activator.
12. The composition according to claim 11 , wherein the PPAR receptor activator is at least one fibric acid derivative is selected from the group consisting of fenofibrate, clofibrate, gemfibrozil, ciprofibrate, bezafibrate, clinofibrate, binifibrate, lifibrol and mixtures thereof.
13. The composition according to claim 12, wherein the at least one fibric acid derivative is fenofibrate.
14. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one bile acid sequestrant.
15. The composition according to claim 14, wherein the at least one bile acid sequestrant is selected from the group consisting of cholestyramine and colestipol.
16. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase Inhibitor.
17. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising probucol or derivatives thereof.
18. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one low-density lipoprotein receptor activator.
19. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one Omega 3 fatty acid.
20. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one natural water soluble fiber.
21. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one of plant sterols, plant stanols or fatty acid esters of plant stanols.
22. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one antioxidant or vitamin.
23. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one hormone replacement therapy composition.
24. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one obesity control medication.
25. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one blood modifier different from the compound of Formula (I).
26. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one cardiovascular agent different from the compound of Formula I.
27. The composition according to claim 1 , further comprising at least one antidiabetic medication.
28. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
29. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 1.
30. The method according to claim 29, wherein the vascular condition is hyperlipidemia.
31. A composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) a compound represented by Formula (II) below:
Figure imgf000091_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the compound of Formula (II) or of the salt or solvate thereof.
32. A therapeutic combination comprising: (a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) a second amount of a compound represented by Formula (II) below:
Figure imgf000091_0002
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the compound of Formula (II) or of the salt or solvate thereof, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
33. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (I):
Figure imgf000092_0001
(I)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (I) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (l) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (I) above:
1 2
Ar and Ar are independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and
4
R -substituted aryl;
3 5 Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR , -
0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9 and -0(CO)NR6R7;
1 3 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and aryl; q is 0 or 1 ; r is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently selected from 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; provided that at least one of q and r is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, q and r is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and provided that when p is 0 and r is 1 , the sum of m, q and n is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)^ORβ, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6Sθ2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6,
-O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6, -CH=CH-COOR6, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen; 5
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9,
Figure imgf000093_0001
-0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7 f -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, - COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6; fi 7 R
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
9
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
34. A therapeutic combination according to claim 33, wherein the at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof is administered concomitantly with the at least one sterol absorption inhibitor.
35. A therapeutic combination according to claim 33, wherein the at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof and the at least one sterol absorption inhibitor are present in separate treatment compositions.
36. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 33.
37. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (III):
Figure imgf000094_0001
(111)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
Ar' is ^-substituted aryl;
2 4
Ar is R -substituted aryl;
3 5
Ar is R -substituted aryl; Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-,
-CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
A is selected from -0-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-;
R is selected from the group consisting of -OR , -0(CO)R , -0(CO)OR and - fi 7 *7
0(CO)NR R ; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and
1 2 aryl; or R and R together are =0; q is 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
5
R is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR9, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02-lower alkyl,
-NR6S02-aryl, -CONRV, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2-alkyl, S(O)0.2-aryl, fi fi 7
-OfCH- ^o-COOR , -OζCH-^oCONR R , o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m-lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR6, and -CH=CH-COOR6;
3 4
R and R are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of R , hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -N02, -CF3 and p-halogeno;
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and g
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl.
38. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 37 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
39. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 38.
40. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (111):
Figure imgf000095_0001
(III)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (III) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (III) above:
1 3 Ar is R -substituted aryl;
2 4
Ar is R -substituted aryl;
3 5
Ar is R -substituted aryl;
Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-,
-CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-; A is selected from -0-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-;
R is selected from the group consisting of -OR , -0(CO)R , -O(CO)OR and - fi 7
0(CO)NR R ; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and
1 2 aryl; or R and R together are =0; q is 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
5
R is 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)^OR9 f -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7 f -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02-lower alkyl, -NR6S02-aryl, -CONRV, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2-alkyl, S(O)0.2-aryl, fi fi 7
-O(CH2)1.10-COOR , -O(CH2)1.10CONR R , o-halogeno, m-halogeno, o-lower alkyl, m- fi fi lower alkyl, -(lower alkylene)-COOR , and -CH=CH-COOR ;
3 4
R and R are independently 1-3 substituents independently selected from the
5 group consisting of R , hydrogen, p-lower alkyl, aryl, -N02, -CF3 and p-halogeno; fi 7 ft
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and g
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
41. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 40.
42. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000097_0001
(IV)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
2 2
A is selected from the group consisting of R -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R -
2 2 substituted heteroaryl, R -substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R -substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
1 3
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
2 4
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the
spiro group
Figure imgf000097_0002
; and
1 R is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ;
-(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r-, wherein G is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR - or -S(O)0_2-, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and
-(CH2)rV-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6;
5
R is selected from: l i ι ι I Q I + '
-CH-, -C(C C6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R9)-, "N-. or ~ NO" fi 7 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of
-CH2-, -CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and 5 6 5
-C(C C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R together with an adjacent R , or R together with an adjacent R , form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(O,-C6 alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R6 is -CH=CH- or -C(CrC6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R7 is - CH=CH- or -C(CrC6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6,s can
7 be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R 's can be the same or different;
1 and when Q is a bond, R also can be selected from:
-M -Yd- S(O)0.2-;
Figure imgf000098_0001
where M is -0-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(CrC6 alkyl)- and -C(di-(C1-C6) alkyl);
10 12
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -0(CO)R14, -0(CO)OR16 and -0(CO)NR14R15;
11 13 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
10 11 12 13
(C,-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R and R together are =0, or R and R together are =O; d is 1 , 2 or 3; h is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0 or 1 ; t is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1 , the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1 , the sum of m, t and n is 1-5; v is 0 or 1; j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
2 R is 1 -3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C^C^alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl,
17 17
(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R -substituted aryl, R -substituted benzyl,
17 17 14 15 14 15
R -substituted benzyloxy, R -substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR R , NR R (C,- C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(O)(CrC6 alkylene)-,-NHC(0)R16, OH, 0,-Ce alkoxy, -OC(0)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(CrC6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, N02, -S(O)0.2R16, -S02NR R15 and
14 2 2
-(C,-C6 alkylene)COOR ; when R is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R is
as defined, or is =0 or
Figure imgf000099_0001
is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C^CgJalkyl, aryl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, aryloxy,
1ft 1 ft
(Cj-C8jalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2).,_6CONR R ,
Figure imgf000099_0002
wherein J is -0-, -NH-, -NR18- or -CH2-;
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (C.,-C6)alkyl,
14 14 16 14 14 15 14 1*5
-OR , -0(CO)R , -0(CO)OR , -0(CH2)^OR , -0(CO)NR R , -NR R , -NR14(CO)R15, -NR14(CO)OR16, -NR14(CO)NR15R19, -NR14S02R16, -COOR14,
14 1*5 14 14 15 16 14
-CONR R ,-COR ,-S02NR R , S(O)0.2R , -O^CH^-COOR ,
Figure imgf000099_0003
, -CF3, -CN, - N02 and halogen;
R8 is hydrogen,
Figure imgf000099_0004
aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R14 or -COOR14;
9 17
R and R are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, N02,
14 15
-NR R , OH and halogeno;
14 15 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
(CrC6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (CrC6)alkyl;
16 17
R is (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl or R -substituted aryl;
18
R is hydrogen or (C,-C6)alkyl; and
R is hydrogen, hydroxy or (CrC6)aIkoxy.
43. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 42 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
44. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 43.
45. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000100_0001
(IV)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IV) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (IV) above:
2 2
A is selected from the group consisting of R -substituted heterocycloalkyl, R -
2 2 substituted heteroaryl, R -substituted benzofused heterocycloalkyl, and R -substituted benzofused heteroaryl;
1 3
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
2 4
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl; Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone, forms the
spiro group
Figure imgf000101_0001
; and
1
R is selected from the group consisting of:
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ;
-(CH2)e-G-(CH2)r-, wherein G is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR8- or -S(O)0.2_, e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6 alkenylene)-; and
-(CH2)rV-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0-5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1 -6;
5
R is selected from: i i i i i I I
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R9)-, -N-, or -+NO" ;
fi 7
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(C C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(C C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(C1-C8 alkyl)=CH-; or R together with an adjacent R , or R together with an adjacent R , form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(C1-C6 alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided fi 7 that when R is -CH=CH- or -C(C,-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R is -
CH=CH- or -C(C,-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R6,s can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R 's can be the same or different;
1 and when Q is a bond, R also can be selected from:
-M -Yd- -Yk-S(O)0.2-;
Figure imgf000101_0002
where M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-; X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of
-CH2-, -CH(CrC6 alkyl)- and -C(di-(CrC6) alkyl); R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR14, -0(CO)R14, -0(CO)OR16 and -0(CO)NR14R15;
11 13
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
10 11 12 13
(C.,-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R and R together are =0, or R and R together are =0; d is 1 , 2 or 3; h is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0 or 1 ; t is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1 , the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1 , the sum of m, t and n is 1-5; v is 0 or 1 ; j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
2
R is 1-3 substituents on the ring carbon atoms selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, (C^C^alkyl, (C2-C10)alkenyl, (C2-C10)alkynyl,
17 17 (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkenyl, R -substituted aryl, R -substituted benzyl,
17 17 14 15 14 15
R -substituted benzyloxy, R -substituted aryloxy, halogeno, -NR R , NR R (C,- C6 alkylene)-, NR14R15C(0)(C1-C6 alkylene)-,-NHC(0)R16, OH, CrC6 alkoxy, -OC(0)R16, -COR14, hydroxy(C1-C6)alkyl,
16 14 15
(C1-C6)alkoxy(C1-C6)alkyl, N02, -S(O)0.2R , -S02NR R and
14 2 2 -(C.,-C6 alkylene)COOR ; when R is a substituent on a heterocycloalkyl ring, R is
as defined, or is =0 or
Figure imgf000102_0001
is a substituent on a substitutable ring nitrogen, it is hydrogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, aryl, (C C6)alkoxy, aryloxy,
1ft 1ft
(C1-C6)alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, hydroxy, -(CH2).,_6CONR R ,
Figure imgf000102_0002
18 wherein J is -0-, -NH-, -NR - or -CH2-;
3 4
R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (0,-C6)alkyl, -OR14, -0(CO)R14, -0(CO)OR16, ^(CH^.gOR14, -0(CO)NR14R15, -NR R15,
14 15 14 16 14 15 19 14 16 14
-NR (CO)R , -NR (CO)OR , -NR (CO)NR R , -NR SO2R , -COOR ,
14 15 14 14 15 16 14
-CONR R , -COR , -Sθ2NR R , S(O)0.2R , -O(CH2).,_10-COOR ,
-O^H^.^CONR14^5, -(C C6 alkylene)-COOR14, -CH=CH-COOR14, -CF3, -CN, - N02 and halogen;
8 14 14
R is hydrogen, (CrC6)alkyl, aryl (C1-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R or -COOR ;
9 17
R and R are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
Figure imgf000103_0001
(C1-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, N02,
14 15
-NR R , OH and halogeno;
14 15 R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
(C1-C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C.,-Cg)alkyl;
R
Figure imgf000103_0002
ubstituted aryl;
18
R is hydrogen or (C1-C6)alkyl; and
19
R is hydrogen, hydroxy or (0,-Cg)alkoxy, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
46. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 45.
47. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (V):
Figure imgf000104_0001
(V)
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
1 10
Ar is aryl, R -substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
2 4
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
3 5
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl; X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-,
-CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-; fi fi Q fi 7 1
R is -OR , -0(CO)R , -0(CO)OR or -0(CO)NR R ; R is hydrogen, lower alkyl
1 or aryl; or R and R together are =0; q is 0 or 1 ; r is 0, 1 or 2; m and n are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
4
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -O(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1_5OR6, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6Sθ2R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
5
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of - OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)^OR6, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NRβR7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONRV, -
COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, - N02, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6; 6 7 8
R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl;
9
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
10
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2).,_5OR6, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONRV, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, -S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen.
48. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 47 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
49. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 48.
50. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (V):
Figure imgf000105_0001
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (V) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (V) above:
1 10
Ar is aryl, R -substituted aryl or heteroaryl;
2 4
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
3 5
Ar is aryl or R -substituted aryl;
X and Y are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 '
-CH(lower alkyl)- and -C(dilower alkyl)-;
R is -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9 or -0(CO)NR6R7; R1 is hydrogen, lower alkyl
1 or aryl; or R and R together are =0; q is O or 1; r is O, 1 or 2; m and n are independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; provided that the sum of m, n and q is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
4 R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR6, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02 9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6;
5 R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of -
OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9,
Figure imgf000106_0001
-0(CO)NR6R7, -NRrV,
-NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONRV, -
COR6, -S02NR6R7, S(O)0.2R9, -©(CH^-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -
N02, halogen, -(lower alkylene)COOR6 and -CH=CH-COOR6; R , R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted lower alkyl; g
R is lower alkyl, aryl or aryl-substituted lower alkyl; and
10
R is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, -OR6, -0(CO)R6, -0(CO)OR9, -0(CH2)1.5OR6, -0(CO)NR6R7, -NR6R7, -NR6(CO)R7, -NR6(CO)OR9, -NR6(CO)NR7R8, -NR6S02R9, -COOR6, -CONR6R7, -COR6, -S02NR6R7, -S(O)0.2R9, -O(CH2)1.10-COOR6, -O(CH2)1.10CONR6R7, -CF3, -CN, -N02 and halogen, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
51. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 50.
52. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VI):
Figure imgf000107_0001
(VI) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein: R1 is
-CH-, -C(lower alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H5)-, -C(C6H4-Rι5)-,
- N- or - N O" ; R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of:
-CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-lower alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or R-| together with an adjacent R2, or Ri together with an adjacent R3, form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group; u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1 ; provided that when R3 is -
CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, u is 1 ; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B-(CH2)mC(0)-, wherein m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r, wherein Z is -O-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(R8)- or -S(0)fj-2-, e is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4,
5 or 6;
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B-(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-;
B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0,
1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)t-V-(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-> wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1 , 2, 3,
4, 5 or 6; or T-(CH2)s~, wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
I
Ri and R4 together form the group B-CH=C- ;
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
Figure imgf000109_0001
W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl,
R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), N(Rδ)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(Rs)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(0)ORio, -NHC(O)Rl0, RI IO2SNH-, (R1102S)2N-, -S(0)2NH2, - S(0)θ-2Rδ. tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(0)R12, -COOR19, -CON(R8)(R9), -CH=CHC(0)R12, -lower alkylene-C(0)Ri2, RlθC(0)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(R8)(R9)C(0)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and
- CH2- N R13
^ — f for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, C(0)ORιo. - C(0)Rio, OH, N(R8)(Rg)-lower alkylene-,
N(Rδ)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(0)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(Rs)(R9)> OH, and halogeno; R8 and Rg are independently selected from H or lower alkyl; R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyl; R 2 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy,
- N R13 — ' , -N(R8)(Rg), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl; R13 is selected from -O-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(0)R19; R15, R16 a d R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or Ri 5 is hydrogen and Ri 6 and Ri 7, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring; R19 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
53. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 52 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
54. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 53.
55. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VI):
Figure imgf000110_0001
(VI) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (VI) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein: R1 is
-CH-, -C(lower alkyl)-, -CF-, -t(OH)-, -C(C6H5)-, -C(C6H4-R15)-,
- N- or - N O" ;
R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of: -CH2-, -CH(lower alkyl)-, -C(di-lower alkyl)-, -CH=CH- and -C(lower alkyl)=CH-; or
Ri together with an adjacent R2, or Ri together with an adjacent R3, form a
-CH=CH- or a -CH=C(lower alkyl)- group; u and v are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R2 is -CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, v is 1; provided that when R3 is - CH=CH- or -C(lower alkyl)=CH-, u is 1 ; provided that when v is 2 or 3, the R2's can be the same or different; and provided that when u is 2 or 3, the R3's can be the same or different;
R4 is selected from B-(CH2)mC(0)-, wherein m is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5;
B-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B-(CH2)e-Z-(CH2)r. wherein Z is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -N(Rδ)- or -S(0)rj-2-, e is 0,
1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 and r is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of e and r is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4,
5 or 6;
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-;
B-(C4-C6 alkadienylene)-; B-(CH2)t-Z-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-, wherein Z is as defined above, and wherein t is 0, 1 ,
2 or 3, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5 and g is 0,
1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; B-(CH2)t-V-(C2-C6 alkenylene)- or
B-(C2-C6 alkenylene)-V-(CH2)t-, wherein V and t are as defined above, provided that the sum of t and the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene chain is 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
B-(CH2)a-Z-(CH2)b-V-(CH2)d-, wherein Z and V are as defined above and a, b and d are independently 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided that the sum of a, b and d is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or
T-(CH2)s-. wherein T is cycloalkyl of 3-6 carbon atoms and s is 0, 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; or I
R1 and R4 together form the group B-CH=C- ;
B is selected from indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, heteroaryl or W-substituted heteroaryl, wherein heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl and furanyl, and for nitrogen-containing heteroaryls, the N-oxides thereof, or
Figure imgf000112_0001
W is 1 to 3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, hydroxy lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxyalkoxy, alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, (lower alkoxyimino)-lower alkyl, lower alkanedioyl, lower alkyl lower alkanedioyl, allyloxy, -CF3, -OCF3, benzyl,
R7-benzyl, benzyloxy, R7-benzyloxy, phenoxy, R7-phenoxy, dioxolanyl, NO2, -N(R8)(R9), N(Rδ)(R9)-lower alkylene-, N(Rδ)(Rg)-lower alkylenyloxy-, OH, halogeno, -CN, -N3, -NHC(0)ORio, -NHC(0)R10, RHO2SNH-, (Rnθ2S)2N-, -S(0)2NH2, - S(0)o-2R8, tert-butyldimethyl-silyloxymethyl, -C(0)R12.
-COOR19, -CON(Rδ)(R9), -CH=CHC(0)R12, -lower alkylene-C(0)R-|2, RlθC(0)(lower alkylenyloxy)-, N(Rδ)(Rg)C(0)(lower alkylenyloxy)- and
- CH2- N R13f for substitution on ring carbon atoms, and the substituents on the substituted heteroaryl ring nitrogen atoms, when present, are selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy,
-C(0)OR10, -C(O)Ri0, OH, N(Rδ)(R9)-'ower alkylene-,
N(Rδ)(R9)-lower alkylenyloxy-, -S(0)2NH2 and 2-(trimethylsilyl)-ethoxymethyl;
R7 is 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -N(Rδ)(R9). OH, and halogeno; Rδ and R9 are independently selected from H or lower alkyl;
R10 is selected from lower alkyl, phenyl, R7-phenyl, benzyl or R7-benzyl;
R11 is selected from OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, R7-phenyl or R7-benzyI;
R12 is selected from H, OH, alkoxy, phenoxy, benzyloxy, - N R13 — ' , -N(R8)(Rg), lower alkyl, phenyl or R7-phenyl;
R 3 is selected from -0-, -CH2-, -NH-, -N(lower alkyl)- or -NC(0)Rιg;
R15. R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and the groups defined for W; or R15 is hydrogen and R16 and R17, together with adjacent carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a dioxolanyl ring;
R 9 is H, lower alkyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl; and
R20 and R21 are independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, W-substituted phenyl, naphthyl, W-substituted naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, benzodioxolyl, heteroaryl, W-substituted heteroaryl, benzofused heteroaryl, W-substituted benzofused heteroaryl and cyclopropyl, wherein heteroaryl is as defined above, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
56. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 55.
57. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VIIA) or (VIIB):
Figure imgf000113_0001
(VIIA) or
Figure imgf000114_0001
(VIIB) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formulae (VIIA) and (VIIB):
A is -CH=CH-, -C≡C- or -(CH2)p- wherein p is 0, 1 or 2; B is
Figure imgf000114_0002
B' is
Figure imgf000114_0003
D is -(CH2)mC(0 or -(CH2)q- wherein m is 1 , 2, 3 or 4 and q is 2, 3 or 4; E is Cιo to C20 alkyl or -C(0)-(Cg to Cιg)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
R is hydrogen, C1-C15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B-(CH2)r -, wherein r is 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
R1 , R2. R3. i', R2'. and R3' are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, -NHC(0)ORs, R6O2SNH- and -S(0)2NH2; R4 is
Figure imgf000115_0001
wherein n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
R5 is lower alkyl; and Rβ is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino.
53. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 57 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
59. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 5δ.
60. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (VIIA) or (VIIB):
Figure imgf000115_0002
(VIIA) or
Figure imgf000116_0001
(VIIB) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formulae (VIIA) or (VIIB) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formulae (VIIA) and (VIIB):
A is -CH=CH-, -C≡C- or -(CH2)p- wherein p is 0, 1 or 2;
B is
Figure imgf000116_0002
B' is
Figure imgf000116_0003
D is -(CH2)mC(0)- or -(CH2)q- wherein m is 1 , 2, 3 or 4 and q is 2, 3 or 4;
E is C10 to C20 alkyl or -C(0)-(Cg to Ci9)-alkyl, wherein the alkyl is straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds;
R is hydrogen, C1-C15 alkyl, straight or branched, saturated or containing one or more double bonds, or B-(CH2)r -, wherein r is 0, 1 , 2, or 3;
R1 , R2» R3. R1'> R2'. and Rδ" are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, -NHC(0)OR5, R6O2SNH- and -S(0)2NH2;
R4 is
Figure imgf000116_0004
wherein n is 0, 1 , 2 or 3;
R5 is lower alkyl; and RQ is OH, lower alkyl, phenyl, benzyl or substituted phenyl wherein the substituents are 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, carboxy, NO2, NH2, OH, halogeno, lower alkylamino and dilower alkylamino, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
61. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 60.
62. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (Vlll):
Figure imgf000117_0001
(Vlll) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (Vlll) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (Vlll) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (Vlll) above, R26 js H or OG1 ;
G and Gl are independently selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000117_0002
provided that when R26 is H or
Figure imgf000118_0001
OH, G is not H;
R, Ra and Rb are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (Cι-C6)alkoxy(Cι-C6)-alkoxy or -W-R30;
W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -0-C(0)-N(R31 )-, -NH-C(0)-N(R31 )- and -0-C(S)-N(R31 )-;
R2 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-|- Cδ)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C-|-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, aryl(C<|-C6)alkyl, -C(0)(Ci-C6)alkyI and -C(0)aryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R3 -substituted-T-(Ci-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R32-substituted-(Ci-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(Cι -Cδ)alkyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H and (Cι-C4)alkyl; T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl; R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (Cι-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (Cι-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C<|-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(0)-NH(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-N((Cι -C4)alkyl)2, -C(0)-(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-(Cι-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31 , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (Cι-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N- methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group; Ar1 is aryl or R ^-substituted aryl; Ar2 is aryl or R'l 1 -substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the
Figure imgf000119_0001
and
R1 is selected from the group consisting of
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ;
-(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r. wherein E is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or - S(0)o-2-. © is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0- 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1 -6; Rl2 is
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R23)-, -N-, or -+NO" ;
R^3 and R^4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(Cι-C-6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(Cι -C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R12 together with an adjacent R'l 3, or R12 together with an adjacent R14 form a -CH=CH- or a
Figure imgf000119_0002
alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R 3 is -CH=CH- or -C(Cι-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(C -C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R'l 3's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R^'s can be the same or different; and when Q is a bond, R1 also can be: -M -Yd-
Figure imgf000120_0001
M is -0-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of
-CH2-, -CH(Cι-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(C -C6)alkyl); R'l 0 and R'l "I are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Cι-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -0(C0)R19, -0(CO)OR21 , -0(CH2)1-50R19,
-O(CO)NR19R 0, -NR19R20, -NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(C0)0R21 , -NR19(CO)NR2OR25, -NR19S02R21 , -COOR19, -CONR19R20, -COR19, -SO2NRI 9R20, S(O)0-2R21 , -0(CH2)1 -10-COORI 9,
-O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20I -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-COOR19,
-CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R'l 5 and R^ are independently selected from the group consisting of
-0R19, -0(CO)R19, -0(CO)OR21 and -O(CO)NR19R20; R'l ^ and R^3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H,
(Cι-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R'l 5 and R^6 together are =0, or R17 and R^8 together are
=0; d is 1 , 2 or 3; h is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0 or 1 ; t is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1 , the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1 , the sum of m, t and n is 1-5; v is 0 or 1 ; j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5; R115
I
-Xr(C)v-Yk-S(O)0.2- and when Q is a bond and R'l is R16 , Ar"! can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R' 9 and R2^ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Ci- C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (C-j-C6)alkyl;
R2"! is (Cι-Cδ)alkyl, aryl or R24-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl (Cι-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R19 OΓ -COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Ci-C6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, Nθ2, -NR^R^ -OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, -OH or (Cι-C6)alkoxy.
63. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 62 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
64. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 63.
65. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) a second amount of at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (Vlll):
Figure imgf000122_0001
(Vlll) or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (Vlll) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (Vlll) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein, in Formula (Vlll) above,
R26 is H or OGl;
G and G^ are independently selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000122_0002
provided that when R26 is H or
Figure imgf000122_0003
OH, G is not H;
R, Ra and RD are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (Cι-C6)alkoxy(Cι-C6)-alkoxy or -W-R30; W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -0-C(0)-N(R31)-, -NH-C(0)-N(R31)- and -0-C(S)-N(R31 )-;
R2 and Rβ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Ci- C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(C -C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, R7, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryI(Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)(Cι-C6)alkyl and -C(0)aryl;
R30 is selected from the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(C-| -C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R -substituted-(Cι -C6)alkyl, R3 -substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and
R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl(Ci-C6)alkyl;
R31 is selected from the group consisting of H and (C-|-C4)alkyl; T is selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halogeno, (Cι-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (Cι-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C -C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Ci-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(0)-NH(Ci-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-N((Cι-C4)alkyl)2, -C(0)-(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-(Cι-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R31 , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a (Cι-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N- methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group; Ar"! is aryl or R^O-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R'l 1 -substituted aryl;
Q is a bond or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the spiro group
Figure imgf000123_0001
; and R'l is selected from the group consisting of
-(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, provided that when Q forms a spiro ring, q can also be zero or 1 ;
-(CH2)e-E-(CH2)r-, wherein E is -0-, -C(O)-, phenylene, -NR22- or - S(0)o-2-> e is 0-5 and r is 0-5, provided that the sum of e and r is 1-6; -(C2-C6)alkenylene-; and
-(CH2)f-V-(CH2)g-, wherein V is C3-C6 cycloalkylene, f is 1-5 and g is 0- 5, provided that the sum of f and g is 1-6; R 2 is 1 1 ' ' ' I
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R23)-, -N-, or -+NO" ;
R'l3 and R^4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(Ci-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(Cι-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R'l2 together with an adjacent R13, or R12 together with an adjacent R'l , form a -CH=CH- or a -CH=C(Cι-C6 alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1 , 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C -C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1 ; provided that when R14 is -CH=CH- or -C(Cι-Cβ alkyl)=CH-, b is 1; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the Rl3's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R^'s can be the same or different; and when Q is a bond, R'l also can be:
-M -Yd-
Figure imgf000124_0001
M is -O-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0)2-;
X, Y and Z are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -CH(Cι-C6)alkyl- and -C(di-(Ci-C6)alkyl);
R10 and R'l 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Cl-C6)alkyl, -OR19, -0(C0)R19, -0(CO)OR21 , -0(CH2)1-50R19,
-O(CO)NR19R20, .NR19 20, -NR19(CO)R20, -NR19(C0)0R21 , -NR19(CO)NR2θR25, -NR1 S02R2 , -COOR19, -CONR19R20J _COR19,
-S02NR19R20, S(0)O-2R21 , -0(CH2)1-10-COOR1 >
-O(CH2)1-10CONR19R20) -(C1-C6 alkylene)-COORl9, -CH^H-COORlθ,
-CF3, -CN, -NO2 and halogen;
R15 and R^ are independently selected from the group consisting of -OR19, -0(C0)R19, -0(CO)OR 1 and -0(C0)NR19R20; R'l 6 and R^ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl and aryl; or R15 and R16 together are =0, or R17 and R18 together are =0; d is 1 , 2 or 3; h is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0 or 1 ; t is 0 or 1 ; m, n and p are independently 0-4; provided that at least one of s and t is 1 , and the sum of m, n, p, s and t is 1-6; provided that when p is 0 and t is 1 , the sum of m, s and n is 1-5; and provided that when p is 0 and s is 1 , the sum of m, t and n is 1-5; v is O or l ; j and k are independently 1-5, provided that the sum of j, k and v is 1-5;
R10
-Xr(C)v-Yk-S(O)0.2- and when Q is a bond and R^ is R16 , Ar"! can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl; R'l 9 and R2^ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C-|-
C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (Cι-C6)alkyl;
R21 is (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl or R 4-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl (Cι-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R19 0r -COOR19;
R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, (C-|-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, Nθ2,
-NR19R20J _OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, -OH or (C-|-C6)alkoxy, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
66. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 65.
67. A composition comprising:
(a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) at least one sterol absorption inhibitor represented by Formula (IX):
Figure imgf000126_0001
or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts or solvates of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers thereof, or prodrugs of the compounds of Formula (IX) or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein in Formula (IX):
R2^ is selected from the group consisting of: a) OH; b) OCH3; c) fluorine and d) chlorine. R1 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000126_0002
-S03H; natural and unnatural j amino acids.
Figure imgf000126_0003
R, Ra and RD are independently selected from the group consisting of H, -OH, halogeno, -NH2, azido, (Cι-C6)alkoxy(Cι-C6)-alkoxy and -W-R30; W is independently selected from the group consisting of -NH-C(O)-, -O-C(O)-, -0-C(0)-N(R31 )-, -NH-C(0)-N(R31 )- and -0-C(S)-N(R31 )-;
R2 and R^ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C -C6)alkyl, aryl and aryl(Cι-C6)alkyl;
R3, R4, R5, RJ, R3a and R4a are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C6)alkyl, aryl(Cι-C6)alkyl, -C(0)(Cι-C6)alkyl and -C(0)aryl;
R3n is independently selected form the group consisting of R32-substituted T, R32-substituted-T-(Cι -C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C2-C4)alkenyl, R3 -substituted-
(Cι-C6)alkyl, R32-substituted-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl and R32-substituted-(C3- C7)cycloalkyl(Cι-C6)alkyl; R3"! is independently selected from the group consisting of H and (C-|-C4)alkyl;
T is independently selected from the group consisting of phenyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, iosthiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl and pyridyl;
R32 is independently selected from 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogeno, (Cι-C4)alkyl, -OH, phenoxy, -CF3, -NO2, (Cι-C4)alkoxy, methylenedioxy, oxo, (C -C4)alkylsulfanyl, (Cι-C4)alkylsulfinyl, (C-|- C4)alkylsulfonyl, -N(CH3)2, -C(0)-NH(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-N((Cι-C4)alkyl)2, -C(O)-
(Cι-C4)alkyl, -C(0)-(C-|-C4)alkoxy and pyrrolidinylcarbonyl; or R32 is a covalent bond and R3"! , the nitrogen to which it is attached and R32 form a pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methyl-piperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group, or a
(Cι-C4)alkoxycarbonyl-substituted pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, N-methylpiperazinyl, indolinyl or morpholinyl group;
Ar"! is aryl or Rl9-substituted aryl;
Ar2 is aryl or R'l "I -substituted aryl; Q is -(CH2)q-, wherein q is 2-6, or, with the 3-position ring carbon of the azetidinone,
forms the spiro group
Figure imgf000127_0001
Rl2 is I ' I I I I I
-CH-, -C(CrC6 alkyl)-, -CF-, -C(OH)-, -C(C6H4-R23)-, -N-, or -+NO" ;
R'l3 and R^4 are independently selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, - CH(C1-C6 alkyl)-, -C(di-(Cι-C6) alkyl), -CH=CH- and -C(Ci-C6 alkyl)=CH-; or R' 2 together with an adjacent R13 or R12 together with an adjacent R14 form a -CH=CH- or a
Figure imgf000128_0001
alkyl)- group; a and b are independently 0, 1, 2 or 3, provided both are not zero; provided that when R13 is -CH=CH- or -C(C<|-C6 alkyl)=CH-, a is 1; provided that when R'l4 is -CH=CH- or -C(Cι-C6 alkyl)=CH-, b is 1 ; provided that when a is 2 or 3, the R13's can be the same or different; and provided that when b is 2 or 3, the R^'s can be the same or different;
R10 and Rl 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of 1-3 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of (Cι-C6)alkyl, -OR^, -0(C0)R19, -0(CO)OR21 , -0(CH2)1-50R19, -O(CO)NR19R20J .NR19R20, -NR19(CO)R20, -NRl9(CO)OR21 , -NR19(CO)NR20R25, -NR19S02R21 , -COOR19, -CONR19R20, -C0R19, -SO2NR19R20, S(0)θ-2R21 , -0(CH2)1 -10-COORI 9,
-O(CH2)1-10CONR1 9R20I -(C1-C-6 alkylene)-COOR19, -CH=CH-C00R19, .CF3, -
CN,
-NO2 and halogen;
Ar"! can also be pyridyl, isoxazolyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyridazinyl;
R'l 9 and R ^ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-Cδ)alkyl, aryl and aryl-substituted (Cι-Cδ)alkyl;
R 1 is (Cι-Cβ)alkyl, aryl or R 4-substituted aryl;
R22 is H, (Ci -C6)alkyl, aryl (Ci-C6)alkyl, -C(0)R19 OΓ -COOR19; R23 and R24 are independently 1-3 groups independently selected from the group consisting of H, (Cι-C-6)alkyl, (Ci-C6)alkoxy, -COOH, NO2, -NR19R20J _OH and halogeno; and
R25 is H, -OH or (C<|-C6)alkoxy.
63. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 67 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
69. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 68.
70. A composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one substituted azetidinone compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof.
71. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 70 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
72. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 70.
73. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and
(b) a second amount of at least one substituted azetidinone compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the at least one substituted azetidinone compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
74. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 73 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
75. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 73.
76. A composition comprising: (a) at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (b) at least one substituted β-lactam compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof.
77. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of claim 76 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
78. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 77.
79. A therapeutic combination comprising:
(a) a first amount of at least one of nicotinic acid or derivatives thereof; and (c) a second amount of at least one substituted β-lactam compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, or prodrug of the at least one substituted β-lactam compound or of the isomers, salts or solvates thereof, wherein the first amount and the second amount together comprise a therapeutically effective amount for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal.
80. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the therapeutic combination of claim 79 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
81. A method of treating or preventing a vascular condition, diabetes, obesity or lowering a concentration of a sterol in plasma of a mammal, comprising the step of administering to a mammal in need of such treatment an effective amount of the composition of claim 80.
PCT/US2002/002004 2001-01-26 2002-01-25 Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications WO2002058685A2 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2002559019A JP2004517916A (en) 2001-01-26 2002-01-25 Combination of nicotinic acid and its derivatives and sterol absorption inhibitors, and treatment of vascular indications
CA002434488A CA2434488A1 (en) 2001-01-26 2002-01-25 Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
MXPA03006727A MXPA03006727A (en) 2001-01-26 2002-01-25 Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications.
AU2002240050A AU2002240050A1 (en) 2001-01-26 2002-01-25 Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
EP02705933A EP1353695A2 (en) 2001-01-26 2002-01-25 Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US26427501P 2001-01-26 2001-01-26
US60/264,275 2001-01-26
US32384201P 2001-09-21 2001-09-21
US60/323,842 2001-09-21

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2002058685A2 true WO2002058685A2 (en) 2002-08-01
WO2002058685A3 WO2002058685A3 (en) 2003-05-01

Family

ID=26950377

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2002/002004 WO2002058685A2 (en) 2001-01-26 2002-01-25 Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (2) US20020183305A1 (en)
EP (2) EP1353695A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2004517916A (en)
AR (1) AR034204A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2002240050A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2434488A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA03006727A (en)
TW (1) TW200840563A (en)
WO (1) WO2002058685A2 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003026644A1 (en) * 2001-09-21 2003-04-03 Schering Corporation Methods for treating or preventing vascular inflammation using sterol absorption inhibitor(s)
WO2005046797A2 (en) * 2003-11-05 2005-05-26 Schering Corporation Combinations of lipid modulating agents and substituted azetidinones and treatments for vascular conditions
EP1741431A1 (en) * 2004-04-30 2007-01-10 Lunan Pharmaceutical Group Corporation The combination for treating hyperlipemia
EP1785144A2 (en) * 2001-01-26 2007-05-16 Shering Corporation Combinations of bile acids sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
US7470678B2 (en) 2002-07-05 2008-12-30 Astrazeneca Ab Diphenylazetidinone derivatives for treating disorders of the lipid metabolism
EP2056819A2 (en) * 2006-08-07 2009-05-13 Duke University Cholesterol lowering drug combination
US7842684B2 (en) 2006-04-27 2010-11-30 Astrazeneca Ab Diphenylazetidinone derivatives possessing cholesterol absorption inhibitor activity
US7871998B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2011-01-18 Astrazeneca Ab Diphenylazetidinone derivatives possessing cholesterol absorption inhibitory activity
US7893048B2 (en) 2005-06-22 2011-02-22 Astrazeneca Ab 2-azetidinone derivatives as cholesterol absorption inhibitors for the treatment of hyperlipidaemic conditions

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2283838A3 (en) * 2002-09-27 2011-04-20 Martek Biosciences Corporation Docosahexaenoic acid for treating subclinical inflammation
JP4589919B2 (en) 2003-03-07 2010-12-01 シェーリング コーポレイション Substituted azetidinone compounds, their formulations and uses for the treatment of hypercholesterolemia
US7235543B2 (en) 2003-03-07 2007-06-26 Schering Corporation Substituted azetidinone compounds, processes for preparing the same, formulations and uses thereof
CA2543596A1 (en) * 2003-11-07 2005-05-26 Jj Pharma, Inc. Hdl-boosting combination therapy complexes
PT1682499E (en) * 2003-11-10 2007-11-05 Microbia Inc 4-biarylyl-1-phenylazetidin-2-ones
ATE493973T1 (en) 2004-06-04 2011-01-15 Teva Pharma PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING IRBESARTAN
US7803838B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2010-09-28 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited Compositions comprising nebivolol
US7838552B2 (en) 2004-06-04 2010-11-23 Forest Laboratories Holdings Limited Compositions comprising nebivolol
WO2006034586A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-04-06 Aplodan Formulations Ltd. Nutritional composition for promoting muscle performance and acting as hydrogen (h+) blocker
CA2757722C (en) 2009-04-01 2018-05-22 Matrix Laboratories Ltd. Enzymatic process for the preparation of (s)-5-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-hydroxy- 1morpholin-4-yl-pentan-1-one, an intermediate of ezetimibe and further conversion to ezetimibe

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0524595A1 (en) * 1991-07-23 1993-01-27 Schering Corporation Substituted beta-lactam compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents and processes for the preparation thereof
WO1995035277A1 (en) * 1994-06-20 1995-12-28 Schering Corporation Substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents
WO2000038725A1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2000-07-06 G.D. Searle Llc Combinations for cardiovascular indications
WO2002026729A2 (en) * 2000-09-27 2002-04-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Benzopyrancarboxylic acid derivatives for the treatment of diabetes and lipid disorders
WO2002050027A1 (en) * 2000-12-21 2002-06-27 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Novel 1,2-diphenzylazetidinones, method for producing the same, medicaments containing said compounds, and the use thereof for treating disorders of the lipid metabolism
WO2002050060A1 (en) * 2000-12-21 2002-06-27 Avantis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Diphenyl azetidinone derivatives, method for the production thereof, medicaments containing these compounds, and their use
WO2002050068A1 (en) * 2000-12-21 2002-06-27 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Diphenyl azetidinone derivatives, method for the production thereof, medicaments containing these compounds, and their use
WO2002064094A2 (en) * 2001-02-09 2002-08-22 Merck & Co., Inc. 2-aryloxy-2-arylalkanoic acids for diabetes and lipid disorders
WO2002081454A1 (en) * 2001-04-09 2002-10-17 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Derivatives of aryl acids, their use in medicine, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them

Family Cites Families (103)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3108097A (en) * 1963-10-22 Ehnojs
US1286A (en) * 1839-08-13 Richard else
US2809194A (en) * 1957-10-08 Thiadiazine type natriuretic agents
US153541A (en) * 1874-07-28 Improvement in toe-protectors for boots and shoes
NL238796A (en) * 1958-05-07
NL127065C (en) * 1964-04-22
NL137318C (en) * 1964-06-09
FI52570C (en) * 1969-04-16 1977-10-10 Sumitomo Chemical Co Process for producing the cholesterol or lipoid content of the blood using phenoxyaliphatic carboxylic acid compounds and ester compounds.
US3692895A (en) * 1970-09-08 1972-09-19 Norman A Nelson Method of reducing hypercholesteremia in humans employing a copolymer of polyethylenepolyamine and a bifunctional substance, such as epichlorohydria
DE2230383C3 (en) * 1971-10-01 1981-12-03 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh, 6800 Mannheim Phenoxyalkylcarboxylic acid derivatives and processes for making the same
US4148923A (en) * 1972-05-31 1979-04-10 Synthelabo 1-(3'-Trifluoromethylthiophenyl)-2-ethylaminopropane pharmaceutical composition and method for treating obesity
US3948973A (en) * 1972-08-29 1976-04-06 Sterling Drug Inc. Halocyclopropyl substituted phenoxyalkanoic acids
US4626549A (en) * 1974-01-10 1986-12-02 Eli Lilly And Company Treatment of obesity with aryloxyphenylpropylamines
US4235896A (en) * 1975-02-12 1980-11-25 Orchimed S.A. Benzyl-phenoxy acid esters and hyperlipaemia compositions containing the same
US4179515A (en) * 1975-02-12 1979-12-18 Orchimed S. A. Benzoylphenoxy propionic acid, esters thereof and pharmaceutical composition
JPS5195049A (en) * 1975-02-12 1976-08-20 * **********so*****no***tsu*****************************************ni*no
US4075000A (en) * 1975-05-27 1978-02-21 Eli Lilly And Company Herbicidal use of 4-amino-3,3-dimethyl-1-phenyl-2-azetidinones
US4472309A (en) * 1975-10-06 1984-09-18 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 2-Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof
US4304718A (en) * 1975-10-06 1981-12-08 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 2-Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof
US4576753A (en) * 1975-10-06 1986-03-18 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Azetidinone compounds and processes for preparation thereof
US4166907A (en) * 1976-11-01 1979-09-04 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. 3,3-Dichloro-2-azetidinone derivatives having antiinflammatory activity
US4144232A (en) * 1976-12-23 1979-03-13 Eli Lilly And Company Substituted azetidin-2-one antibiotics
FR2403078A1 (en) * 1977-09-19 1979-04-13 Lafon Labor NEW PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PHARMACEUTICAL, COSMETIC OR DIAGNOSIS FORMS
IT1157365B (en) * 1977-10-24 1987-02-11 Sandoz Ag MEDICATIONS TO TREAT OBESITY OR REDUCE BODY WEIGHT
US4250191A (en) * 1978-11-30 1981-02-10 Edwards K David Preventing renal failure
US4375475A (en) * 1979-08-17 1983-03-01 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted pyranone inhibitors of cholesterol synthesis
US4260743A (en) * 1979-12-31 1981-04-07 Gist-Brocades N.V. Preparation of β-lactams and intermediates therefor
US4444784A (en) * 1980-08-05 1984-04-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Antihypercholesterolemic compounds
DE3107100A1 (en) * 1981-02-20 1982-09-09 Schering Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 4619 Bergkamen AZAPROSTACYCLINE, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL USE
US4500456A (en) * 1981-03-09 1985-02-19 Eli Lilly And Company Preparation of 4-fluoroazetidinones using FClO3
US4784734A (en) * 1981-04-10 1988-11-15 Otsuka Kagaku Yakuhin Kabushiki Kaisha Azetidinone derivatives and process for the preparation of the same
US4602005A (en) * 1982-05-17 1986-07-22 Medical Research Foundation Of Oregon Tigogenin cellobioside for treating hypercholesterolemia and atherosclerosis
US4602003A (en) * 1982-05-17 1986-07-22 Medical Research Foundation Of Oregon Synthetic compounds to inhibit intestinal absorption of cholesterol in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia
US4534786A (en) * 1982-06-23 1985-08-13 Chevron Research Company 1-Alkyl derivatives of 3-aryloxy-4-(2-carbalkoxy)-phenyl-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators
US4443372A (en) * 1982-06-23 1984-04-17 Chevron Research Company 1-Alkyl derivatives of 3-aryloxy-4-(2-carbalkoxy)-phenyl-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators
US4595532A (en) * 1983-02-02 1986-06-17 University Of Notre Dame Du Lac N-(substituted-methyl)-azetidin-2-ones
CA1256650A (en) * 1983-03-25 1989-06-27 Toshinari Tamura Process of producing 2-azetidinone-4-substituted compounds, and medicaments containing the compounds
US4675399A (en) * 1983-03-28 1987-06-23 Notre Dame University Cyclization process for β-lactams
DE3484362D1 (en) * 1983-03-28 1991-05-08 Ciba Geigy Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING OPTICALLY ACTIVE AZETIDINONES.
WO1985004876A1 (en) * 1984-04-24 1985-11-07 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 2-azetidinone derivatives and process for their preparation
US4576749A (en) * 1983-10-03 1986-03-18 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. 3-Acylamino-1-carboxymethylaminocarbonyl-2-azetidinones
US5229510A (en) * 1983-12-01 1993-07-20 Merck & Co., Inc. β-lactams useful in determining the amount of elastase in a clinical sample
US4680391A (en) * 1983-12-01 1987-07-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted azetidinones as anti-inflammatory and antidegenerative agents
US5229381A (en) * 1983-12-01 1993-07-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted azetidinones as anti-inflammatory and antidegenerative agents
US4654362A (en) * 1983-12-05 1987-03-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Derivatives of 2,2'-iminobisethanol
FR2561916B1 (en) * 1984-03-30 1987-12-11 Lafon Labor GALENIC FORM FOR ORAL ADMINISTRATION AND METHOD FOR PREPARING IT BY LYOPHILIZATION OF AN OIL-TO-WATER EMISSION
US4581170A (en) * 1984-08-03 1986-04-08 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. N-hydroxyl protecting groups and process and intermediates for the preparation of 3-acylamino-1-hydroxy-2-azetidinones
US4633017A (en) * 1984-08-03 1986-12-30 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. N-hydroxy protecting groups and process for the preparation of 3-acylamino-1-hydroxy-2-azetidinones
US4576748A (en) * 1984-09-17 1986-03-18 Merck & Co., Inc. 3-Hydroxy-3-aminoethyl β-lactams
US4620867A (en) * 1984-09-28 1986-11-04 Chevron Research Company 1-carbalkoxyalkyl-3-aryloxy-4-(substituted-2'-carboxyphenyl)-azet-2-ones as plant growth regulators and herbicides
AR240698A1 (en) * 1985-01-19 1990-09-28 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd Process for the preparation of 5-(4-(2-(5-ethyl-2-pyridil)-ethoxy)benzyl)-2,4-thiazolodinedione and their salts
US4642903A (en) * 1985-03-26 1987-02-17 R. P. Scherer Corporation Freeze-dried foam dosage form
US4680289A (en) * 1985-06-05 1987-07-14 Progenics, Inc. Treatment of obesity and diabetes using sapogenins
EP0234484B1 (en) * 1986-02-19 1993-10-20 Sanraku Incorporated Novel azetidinone derivatives
GB8607312D0 (en) * 1986-03-25 1986-04-30 Ici Plc Therapeutic agents
FR2598146B1 (en) * 1986-04-30 1989-01-20 Rech Ind NEW PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF FIBRATES.
DE3621861A1 (en) * 1986-06-30 1988-01-14 Laszlo Dr Med Ilg USE OF ARYLOXYCARBONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AGAINST DERMATOLOGICAL DISEASES
FR2602423B1 (en) * 1986-08-08 1989-05-05 Ethypharm Sa PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A FENOFIBRATE-BASED MEDICINAL PRODUCT, OBTAINED BY THIS PROCESS
US4814354A (en) * 1986-09-26 1989-03-21 Warner-Lambert Company Lipid regulating agents
US4803266A (en) * 1986-10-17 1989-02-07 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 3-Oxoalkylidene-2-azetidinone derivatives
US5229362A (en) * 1986-12-15 1993-07-20 Eli Lilly And Company Antibiotic A10255 complex and factors, and process and production therefor
ZA879415B (en) * 1986-12-15 1989-08-30 Lilly Co Eli Antibiotic a10255 complex and factors,microorganisms,process and production therefor
JPS63156788A (en) * 1986-12-22 1988-06-29 Sanraku Inc Optically active azetidinones
US5110730A (en) * 1987-03-31 1992-05-05 The Scripps Research Institute Human tissue factor related DNA segments
DE3877406T2 (en) * 1987-04-28 1993-06-09 Fujisawa Astra Ltd BENZOTHIAZOLINONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PRODUCTION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION.
US5106833A (en) * 1987-07-23 1992-04-21 Washington University Coagulation inhibitors
US5091525A (en) * 1987-10-07 1992-02-25 Eli Lilly And Company Monohydrate and DMF solvates of a new carbacephem antibiotic
US4834846A (en) * 1987-12-07 1989-05-30 Merck & Co., Inc. Process for deblocking N-substituted β-lactams
FR2627696B1 (en) * 1988-02-26 1991-09-13 Fournier Innovation Synergie NEW GALENIC FORM OF FENOFIBRATE
DE3807895A1 (en) * 1988-03-10 1989-09-21 Knoll Ag PRODUCTS CONTAINING A CALCIUM ANTAGONIST AND A LIPID DOWNER
GB8813012D0 (en) * 1988-06-02 1988-07-06 Norsk Hydro As Non-b-oxidizable fatty acid analogues to reduce concentration of cholesterol & triglycerides in blood of mammals
US4952689A (en) * 1988-10-20 1990-08-28 Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. 3-(substituted propylidene)-2-azetidinone derivates for blood platelet aggregation
US5112616A (en) * 1988-11-30 1992-05-12 Schering Corporation Fast dissolving buccal tablet
US5073374A (en) * 1988-11-30 1991-12-17 Schering Corporation Fast dissolving buccal tablet
US4876365A (en) * 1988-12-05 1989-10-24 Schering Corporation Intermediate compounds for preparing penems and carbapenems
US5260305A (en) * 1988-12-12 1993-11-09 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Combination of pravastatin and nicotinic acid or related acid and method for lowering serum cholesterol using such combination
FR2640621B1 (en) * 1988-12-19 1992-10-30 Centre Nat Rech Scient N-ARYL-AZETIDINONES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS ELASTASE INHIBITORS
US4990535A (en) * 1989-05-03 1991-02-05 Schering Corporation Pharmaceutical composition comprising loratadine, ibuprofen and pseudoephedrine
JPH03108490A (en) * 1989-06-30 1991-05-08 Shionogi & Co Ltd Phospholipase a2 inhibitor
US5021461A (en) * 1989-07-26 1991-06-04 Merrell Dow Pharmaceuticals Inc. Method of treating diabetes mellitus with bisphenol derivatives
US4983597A (en) * 1989-08-31 1991-01-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Beta-lactams as anticholesterolemic agents
US5219574A (en) * 1989-09-15 1993-06-15 Cima Labs. Inc. Magnesium carbonate and oil tableting aid and flavoring additive
US5178878A (en) * 1989-10-02 1993-01-12 Cima Labs, Inc. Effervescent dosage form with microparticles
US5223264A (en) * 1989-10-02 1993-06-29 Cima Labs, Inc. Pediatric effervescent dosage form
US5188825A (en) * 1989-12-28 1993-02-23 Iles Martin C Freeze-dried dosage forms and methods for preparing the same
US5298497A (en) * 1990-05-15 1994-03-29 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Method for preventing onset of hypertension employing a cholesterol lowering drug
US5120729A (en) * 1990-06-20 1992-06-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Beta-lactams as antihypercholesterolemics
US5120713A (en) * 1990-09-10 1992-06-09 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Treatment of obesity with an alpha-2-adrenergic agonist and a growth hormone releasing peptide
US5190970A (en) * 1990-10-19 1993-03-02 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Method for preventing onset of or treating Type II diabetes employing a cholesterol lowering drug alone or in combination with an ace inhibitor
US5130333A (en) * 1990-10-19 1992-07-14 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Method for treating type II diabetes employing a cholesterol lowering drug
JP2640986B2 (en) * 1990-11-08 1997-08-13 高砂香料工業株式会社 Process for producing (1'R, 3S) -3- (1'-hydroxyethyl) -azetidin-2-one or a derivative thereof
US5145684A (en) * 1991-01-25 1992-09-08 Sterling Drug Inc. Surface modified drug nanoparticles
US5157025A (en) * 1991-04-01 1992-10-20 E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. Method for lowering serum cholesterol employing a phosphorus containing ace inhibitor alone or in combination with a cholesterol lowering drug
US5162117A (en) * 1991-11-22 1992-11-10 Schering Corporation Controlled release flutamide composition
US5278176A (en) * 1992-08-21 1994-01-11 Abbott Laboratories Nicotine derivatives that enhance cognitive function
US5631365A (en) * 1993-09-21 1997-05-20 Schering Corporation Hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents
JP3144624B2 (en) * 1995-06-02 2001-03-12 杏林製薬株式会社 N-benzyldioxothiazolidylbenzamide derivative and method for producing the same
US5698527A (en) * 1995-08-08 1997-12-16 Merck & Co., Inc. Steroidal glycosides as antihyperlipidemic agents
GB9600464D0 (en) * 1996-01-09 1996-03-13 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel method
US20030153541A1 (en) * 1997-10-31 2003-08-14 Robert Dudley Novel anticholesterol compositions and method for using same
US20020013334A1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2002-01-31 Robl Jeffrey A. HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors and method
DE60216890T2 (en) * 2001-01-26 2007-08-30 Schering Corp. COMBINATIONS OF A STARTER ABSORPTION HEMMER AND A PPAR ACTIVATOR FOR THE TREATMENT OF CARDIOVASCULAR INDICATIONS
US20040044023A1 (en) * 2002-08-30 2004-03-04 Marc Cantillon Compositions and methods for treating or preventing memory impairment

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0524595A1 (en) * 1991-07-23 1993-01-27 Schering Corporation Substituted beta-lactam compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents and processes for the preparation thereof
WO1995035277A1 (en) * 1994-06-20 1995-12-28 Schering Corporation Substituted azetidinone compounds useful as hypocholesterolemic agents
WO2000038725A1 (en) * 1998-12-23 2000-07-06 G.D. Searle Llc Combinations for cardiovascular indications
WO2002026729A2 (en) * 2000-09-27 2002-04-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Benzopyrancarboxylic acid derivatives for the treatment of diabetes and lipid disorders
WO2002050027A1 (en) * 2000-12-21 2002-06-27 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Novel 1,2-diphenzylazetidinones, method for producing the same, medicaments containing said compounds, and the use thereof for treating disorders of the lipid metabolism
WO2002050060A1 (en) * 2000-12-21 2002-06-27 Avantis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Diphenyl azetidinone derivatives, method for the production thereof, medicaments containing these compounds, and their use
WO2002050068A1 (en) * 2000-12-21 2002-06-27 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Diphenyl azetidinone derivatives, method for the production thereof, medicaments containing these compounds, and their use
WO2002064094A2 (en) * 2001-02-09 2002-08-22 Merck & Co., Inc. 2-aryloxy-2-arylalkanoic acids for diabetes and lipid disorders
WO2002081454A1 (en) * 2001-04-09 2002-10-17 Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. Derivatives of aryl acids, their use in medicine, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
THOMPSON G. R. ET AL: "Novel lipid regulating drugs" EXPERT OPINION ON INVESTIGATIONAL DRUGS, vol. 9, no. 11, December 2000 (2000-12), XP008011782 *

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1785144A2 (en) * 2001-01-26 2007-05-16 Shering Corporation Combinations of bile acids sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
EP1785144A3 (en) * 2001-01-26 2007-05-23 Shering Corporation Combinations of bile acid sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
WO2003026644A1 (en) * 2001-09-21 2003-04-03 Schering Corporation Methods for treating or preventing vascular inflammation using sterol absorption inhibitor(s)
US7470678B2 (en) 2002-07-05 2008-12-30 Astrazeneca Ab Diphenylazetidinone derivatives for treating disorders of the lipid metabolism
WO2005046797A2 (en) * 2003-11-05 2005-05-26 Schering Corporation Combinations of lipid modulating agents and substituted azetidinones and treatments for vascular conditions
WO2005046797A3 (en) * 2003-11-05 2005-11-10 Schering Corp Combinations of lipid modulating agents and substituted azetidinones and treatments for vascular conditions
JP2007510659A (en) * 2003-11-05 2007-04-26 シェーリング コーポレイション Combinations of lipid modulators and substituted azetidinones and treatment of vascular conditions
US7871998B2 (en) 2003-12-23 2011-01-18 Astrazeneca Ab Diphenylazetidinone derivatives possessing cholesterol absorption inhibitory activity
EP1741431A1 (en) * 2004-04-30 2007-01-10 Lunan Pharmaceutical Group Corporation The combination for treating hyperlipemia
EP1741431A4 (en) * 2004-04-30 2009-07-29 Lunan Pharm Group Corp The combination for treating hyperlipemia
US7893048B2 (en) 2005-06-22 2011-02-22 Astrazeneca Ab 2-azetidinone derivatives as cholesterol absorption inhibitors for the treatment of hyperlipidaemic conditions
US7842684B2 (en) 2006-04-27 2010-11-30 Astrazeneca Ab Diphenylazetidinone derivatives possessing cholesterol absorption inhibitor activity
EP2056819A2 (en) * 2006-08-07 2009-05-13 Duke University Cholesterol lowering drug combination
EP2056819A4 (en) * 2006-08-07 2011-09-07 Univ Duke Cholesterol lowering drug combination

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2002240050A1 (en) 2002-08-06
US20040097482A1 (en) 2004-05-20
MXPA03006727A (en) 2003-10-24
US20020183305A1 (en) 2002-12-05
WO2002058685A3 (en) 2003-05-01
CA2434488A1 (en) 2002-08-01
TW200840563A (en) 2008-10-16
AR034204A1 (en) 2004-02-04
JP2004517916A (en) 2004-06-17
EP1671650A1 (en) 2006-06-21
EP1353695A2 (en) 2003-10-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2002247019B9 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
CA2562982C (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (ppar) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
AU2002247019A1 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
WO2002058696A2 (en) The use of substituted azetidinone compounds for the treatment of sitosterolemia
AU2002243557A1 (en) The use of substituted azetidinone compounds for the treatment of sitosterolemia
CA2460340C (en) Methods and therapeutic combinations for the treatment of xanthoma using sterol absorption inhibitors
EP1392287A2 (en) Use of azetidinone substituted derivatives in the treatment of alzheimer&#39;s disease
US20030053981A1 (en) Combinations of bile acid sequestrant(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
US20030119796A1 (en) Combinations of hormone replacement therapy composition(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular conditions in post-menopausal women
EP1427409A1 (en) Methods for treating or preventing vascular inflammation using sterol absorption inhibitor(s)
AU2002335770A1 (en) Methods for treating or preventing vascular inflammation using sterol absorption inhibitor(s)
WO2002058685A2 (en) Combinations of nicotinic acid and derivatives thereof and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
AU2002336609A1 (en) Treatment of xanthoma with azetidinone derivatives as sterol absorption inhibitors
AU2007201970B2 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
AU2008201609B2 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (ppar) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitors(s) and treatments for vascular indications
AU2006202618B2 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
EP1911462A2 (en) Compositions comprising a sterol absorption inhibitor
NZ539190A (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications
EP1864680A2 (en) Combinations of peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) activator(s) and sterol absorption inhibitor(s) and treatments for vascular indications

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KG KR KZ LC LK LR LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MX MZ NO NZ PH PL PT RO RU SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UZ VN YU ZA ZM

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2434488

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2003/006727

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 2002559019

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2002705933

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2002705933

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642